Iring UCT: Electrical Solutions

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS
A. System Overview
WIRING DUCT
From the smallest wall mounted panels to the largest integrated turnkey systems PANDUIT PANDUCT Wiring Duct is the premium wire management solution for routing and concealing wiring in electrical control panels. PANDUCT Wiring Ducts provide solutions for the Original Equipment Manufacturing, Transportation, Contract Manufacturing, Maintenance & Repair and Communications markets. All PANDUCT Wiring Ducts are UL Recognized and CSA Certified and most carry the CE mark.
B1.Cable Ties B2. Cable Accessories
Some of the features and benefits found in PANDUCT Wiring Duct include: Smooth corners and edges that will not abrade wiring or irritate hands Integrated nonskid liners and unique cover designs insure the duct cover will not slide once installed or during vibration Specially formulated lead-free PVC material meets the NFPA79: 2002 flame retardancy requirements and carries a UL94V-0 flammability rating Scorelines for easy removal of duct fingers and sidewalls Accessories and tools that increase productivity and lower the installed cost
PANDUIT continues to develop new PANDUCT Wiring Duct solutions to satisfy the challenges facing our customers worldwide. Now with additional sizes, Type H features a PANDUIT exclusive dual-sided hinging cover providing more convenient channel access and preventing lost covers for superior aesthetics. An alternative to traditional Noryl* ducts, Type NNC is halogen free, has a preferred UL94V-0 flammability rating and a UL continuous use temperature of up to 203F (95C).Type TMC Low Smoke and Low Toxicity Metric Wiring Duct is a narrow finger style that meets the flame,smoke and toxicity regulatory requirements for Mass Transit Rail applications.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C3. Abrasion Protection
C4. Cable Management
D1.Terminals
D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
*NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
F. Index
For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.1
A. System Overview
Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications

B1.Cable Ties
2
B2. Cable Accessories
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
4
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
A
For information on FL Wiring Duct and other PANDUCT Accessories (pages C1.24-C1.31)
F. Index
C1.2
A. System Overview
Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications (continued)

B1.Cable Ties
PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct (pages C1.4 C1.5)
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
PANDUCT Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.8 C1.9)
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.6 C1.7)

D1.Terminals
PANDUCT Type MC Metric Wiring Duct (pages C1.12 C1.13)
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PANDUCT Type D Flush Cover Round Hole Wiring Duct (pages C1.10 C1.11)
F. Index
C1.3
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct

Available in eight sizes from 1.5" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in Light Gray, Black and White colors.
B1.Cable Ties
Dual-sided hinge cover opens up to 100 from either sidewall of duct for up to 20% faster wiring changes Cover retention flange enables simple push-on installation saving time and hassle
Cover removal rib eases cover opening for quick channel access during wiring changes
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Robust channel profile withstands a side impact force up to two times greater than conventional wiring duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Upper and lower scoreline allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
Save Time and Material Replacement Costs
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
Conventional Method
With Hinged Cover Wiring Duct
By avoiding the time and hassle in removing and replacing covers, simple wiring changes can be made up to 20% faster compared to conventional wiring duct installations*
E2. Labels
Avoid Cover Replacement Costs
% of Wiring Duct Cost
Covers represent 20% of the cost of the wiring duct purchase Misplaced covers are a common occurrence after years of use Not needing to remove covers during maintenance ensures better aesthetics and safety and avoids the cost to replace lost covers. 0% 20% 40% 60% 80% 100%
Base
Cover
F. Index
*Based on mock panel installations of Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct and other commonly available wiring ducts adding a single component with four wires.
C1.4
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.
Prime items appear in BOLD.
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct

Material: Lead-free PVC UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material Provided with mounting holes Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
B1.Cable Ties
Base Part Number

H1.5X2LG6 H1.5X3LG6 H2X2LG6 H2X3LG6 H2X4LG6 H3X3LG6 H3X4LG6
H
H4X4LG6
Duct Size W x H In. mm 1.75 x 1.98 44.5 x 50.3 1.75 x 3.06 44.5 x 77.7 2.17 x 1.98 55.1 x 50.3 2.17 x 3.06 55.1 x 77.7 2.17 X 4.10 55.1 X 104.1 3.25 x 3.06 82.6 x 77.7 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1
Slot Width In. mm .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9
Cover Part Number

HC1.5LG6 HC1.5LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC3LG6 HC3LG6 HC4LG6
Std. Pkg. Qty 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 60 60 60 60 60
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT Type HS Hinged Cover Solid Wall Raceway

Material: Lead-free PVC UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Supplied without mounting holes Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 60 120 60 60 60 60 60
Base Part Number

HS1.5X2LG6NM HS1.5X3LG6NM HS2X2LG6NM HS2X3LG6NM HS2X4LG6NM HS3X3LG6NM HS3X4LG6NM HS4X4LG6NM
Duct Size In. 1.75 x 1.98 1.75 x 3.06 2.17 x 1.98 2.17 x 3.06 2.17 x 4.10 3.25 x 3.06 3.25 x 4.10 4.25 x 4.10
(W x H) mm 44.5 x 50.3 44.5 x 77.7 55.1 x 50.3 55.1 x 77.7 55.1 x 104.1 82.6 x 77.7 82.6 x 104.1 108.0 x 104.1
Cover Part Number

HC1.5LG6 HC1.5LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC2LG6 HC3LG6 HC3LG6 HC4LG6
D1.Terminals
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For BL (Black) and WH (White) colors see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
E1. Labeling System
Ease of Installation and Access
Push-On Cover/Dual Sided Hinging Cover
Cover retention flanges guide duct fingers into cover for simple push-on cover installation Cover can hinge open to 100 from either sidewall to allow full channel access
E2. Labels
Robust Profile with Superior Cover Performance
Covers fully engages fingers limiting sidewall flex for greater rigidity and durability* Cover retention strength in vertical applications is up to 2 times greater than conventional wiring ducts** Up to 2 times the side impact force is required to disengage the cover compared to conventional wiring ducts**
F. Index
**Based on test and measurements comparing Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct and other commonly available wiring ducts. For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.5
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct

Available in 36 sizes from .5" x .5" up to 6" x 4" in a variety of colors.
B1.Cable Ties
Exclusive PANDUIT smooth rounded edges prevents wiring abrasion
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide
Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Wide finger/slot design provides greater rigidity and allows use with a wide range of wire and bundle sizes Specially formulated lead-free PVC material Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time Restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT Wire Retainers for Type G Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.26.
PANDUCT Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. Available in solid or slotted wall styles. See page C1.24.
E2. Labels
PANDUCT Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT Nylon Rivets Fast, lowest cost mounting method. See page C1.31.
F. Index
C1.6
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct

Wide slot/finger design provides greater sidewall rigidity and can be used with a wide range of wire bundle sizes Material: Lead-free PVC UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame B1.Cable Ties retardant material Provided with mounting holes
Base Part Number

G.5X.5LG6 G.5X1LG6 G.5X2LG6 G.5X4LG6 G.75X.75LG6 G.75X1LG6 G.75X1.5LG6
W
G.75X2LG6 G1X1LG6 G1X1.5LG6
G1X2LG6 G1X3LG6 G1X4LG6 G1.5X1LG6 G1.5X1.5LG6 G1.5X2LG6 G1.5X3LG6 G1.5X4LG6 G2X1LG6 G2X1.5LG6 G2X2LG6 G2X3LG6 G2X4LG6 G2X5LG6 G2.5X3LG6 G3X1LG6 G3X2LG6 G3X3LG6 G3X4LG6 G3X5LG6 G4X1.5LG6 G4X2LG6 G4X3LG6 G4X4LG6 G4X5LG6 G6X4LG6
Duct Size (W x H) In. mm .69 x .60 17.5 x 15.2 .69 x 1.06 17.5 x 26.9 .69 x 2.03 17.5 x 51.6 .69 x 4.10 17.5 x 104.1 .93 x .82 23.6 x 20.8 .93 x 1.06 23.6 x 26.9 .93 x 1.57 23.6 x 39.9 .93 x 2.03 23.6 x 51.6 1.26 x 1.12 32.0 x 28.4 1.26 x 1.62 32.0 x 41.1 1.26 x 2.12 32.0 x 53.8 1.26 x 3.12 32.0 x 79.2 1.26 x 4.10 32.0 x 104.1 1.75 x 1.12 44.5 x 28.4 1.75 x 1.62 44.5 x 41.1 1.75 x 2.12 44.5 x 53.8 1.75 x 3.12 44.5 x 79.2 1.75 x 4.10 44.5 x 104.1 2.25 x 1.12 57.2 x 28.4 2.25 x 1.62 57.2 x 41.1 2.25 x 2.12 57.2 x 53.8 2.25 x 3.12 57.2 x 79.2 2.25 x 4.10 57.2 x 104.1 2.25 x 5.10 57.2 x 129.5 2.75 x 3.12 69.9 x 79.2 3.25 x 1.12 82.6 x 28.4 3.25 x 2.12 82.6 x 53.8 3.25 x 3.12 82.6 x 79.2 3.25 x 4.10 82.6 x 104.1 3.25 x 5.10 82.6 x 129.5 4.25 x 1.62 108.0 x 41.1 4.25 x 2.12 108.0 x 53.8 4.25 x 3.12 108.0 x 79.2 4.25 x 4.10 108.0 x 104.1 4.25 x 5.10 108.0 x 129.5 6.25 x 4.15 158.8 x 105.4
Slot Width In. mm .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .31 7.9 .38 9.7 .31 7.9
Base & Cover Std. Std. Cover Part Length Pkg. Ctn. Number (ft) Qty. Qty. C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 120 C.5LG6 6 6 60 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C.75LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 120 C1LG6 6 6 60 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 120 C1.5LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 120 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2LG6 6 6 60 C2.5LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 120 C3LG6 6 6 60 C3LG6 6 6 60 C3LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 120 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C4LG6 6 6 60 C6LG6 6 6 60
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
F. Index
C1.7
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct

B1.Cable Ties
Double restricted slot design retains wires, eliminating hassle and saving time
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Flush cover design provides a neat appearance Narrow finger/slot design closely matches the spacing of high-density components
Specially formulated lead-free PVC material Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT Wire Retainers for Type F Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.8
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct

Narrow slot/finger design provides more slots to fit the spacing of high-density terminal blocks and other hardware Material: Lead-free PVC UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material Provided with mounting holes
B1.Cable Ties
Base Part Number

F.5X.5LG6 F.5X1LG6 F.75X.75LG6 F.75X1.5LG6 F1X1LG6 F1X1.5LG6
W
Duct Size In. .69 x .60 .69 x 1.06 .93 x .82 .93 x 1.57 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.26 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 1.75 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 1.12 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10
(W x H) mm 17.5 x 15.2 17.5 x 26.9 23.6 x 20.8 23.6 x 39.9
Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Cover Part Number

C.5LG6 C.5LG6 C.75LG6 C.75LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6
Base & Cover Std. Std. Length Pkg. Ctn. (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 120 120 120 120 60 120 120 120 120 60 120 120 120 60 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
B3. Stainless Steel
F1X2LG6 F1X3LG6 F1X4LG6 F1.5X1LG6
F1.5X1.5LG6 F1.5X2LG6 F1.5X3LG6 F1.5X4LG6 F2X1LG6 F2X1.5LG6 F2X2LG6 F2X3LG6 F2X4LG6 F2X5LG6 F3X1LG6 F3X2LG6 F3X3LG6 F3X4LG6 F3X5LG6 F4X2LG6 F4X3LG6 F4X4LG6 F4X5LG6
32.0 x 28.4 32.0 x 41.1 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 28.4 44.5 x 41.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2 44.5 x 104.1 57.2 x 28.4 57.2 x 41.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 57.2 x 129.5 82.6 x 28.4 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 82.6 x 129.5 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1 108.0 x 129.5
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.9
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Flush Cover Type D Round Hole Wiring Duct
Available in 16 sizes from 1" x 2" up to 4" x 4" in a variety of colors.
B1.Cable Ties

B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway
Specially formulated lead-free PVC material
Round hole design retains and supports wire at variable heights to enhance wire management
Base scoreline allows easy removal of sidewall section at t-junctions and right angles saving installation time
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PANDUCT Wire Retainers for Type D Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers mount onto walls with pressure sensitive adhesive. See page C1.26.
F. Index
C1.10
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Flush Cover Type D Round Hole Wiring Duct

Round hole design has multiple rows of holes to retain and support wire at variable heights and positions Material: Lead-free PVC UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material Provided with mounting holes
B1.Cable Ties
Base Part Number

D1X2LG6 D1X3LG6 D1X4LG6 D1.5X2LG6 D1.5X3LG6 D1.5X4LG6 D2X2LG6
D2X3LG6 D2X4LG6 D2.5X3LG6 D3X2LG6
D3X3LG6 D3X4LG6 D4X2LG6 D4X3LG6 D4X4LG6
Duct Size In. 1.26 x 2.12 1.26 x 3.12 1.26 x 4.10 1.75 x 2.12 1.75 x 3.12 1.75 x 4.10 2.25 x 2.12 2.25 x 3.12 2.25 x 4.10 2.75 x 3.12 3.25 x 2.12 3.25 x 3.12 3.25 x 4.10 4.25 x 2.12 4.25 x 3.12 4.25 x 4.10
(W x H) mm 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2 44.5 x 104.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 69.9 x 79.2 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1
Cover Part Number

C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2.5LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6
Base & Cover Length (ft) 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6
Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 120 120 60 120 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
.67 + - .06 TYP [16.94 + - 1.5]
.44 + - .02 [11.2 + - 0.5]
D1.Terminals
For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes 3" duct height = 4 rows of holes 4" duct height = 6 rows of holes
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.11
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type MC Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct
Available in 22 sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in International Gray color.
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
Narrow finger/slot design matches the spacing of high-density components
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Flush cover design provides a neat finished appearance
Specially formulated lead-free PVC material
Upper and lower scorelines allow easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
DIN 43 659 metric mounting hole pattern meets European requirements
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT Wire Retainers for Type MC Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.
E2. Labels
PANDUCT Installation Tools Wide selection of hand tools fo r cutting and installing wiring duct. See page C1.31.
F. Index
C1.12
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type MC Metric Narrow Slot Wiring Duct

CE compliant and metric sizing for control panels intended for European applications Material: Lead-free PVC UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths
B1.Cable Ties
Base & Cover Part Number

MC25X25IG2 MC25X37IG2 MC25X50IG2 MC25X62IG2 MC25X75IG2
Duct Size (W x H) mm In. 24.6 x 23.6 .97 x .93 24.6 x 35.8 24.6 x 47.8 24.6 x 59.7 24.6 x 72.4 37.1 x 35.8 37.1 x 47.8 37.1 x 59.7 37.1 x 72.4 49.5 x 47.8 49.5 x 72.4 49.5 x 97.8 62.0 x 35.8 62.0 x 59.7 74.7 x 48.0 74.7 x 59.7 74.7 x 72.4 74.7 x 97.8 99.6 x 48.0 99.6 x 59.7 99.6 x 72.4 99.6 x 97.8 .97 x 1.41 .97 x 1.88 .97 x 2.35 .97 x 2.85 1.46 x 1.41 1.46 x 1.88 1.46 x 2.35 1.46 x 2.85 1.95 x 1.89 1.95 x 2.85 1.95 x 3.85 2.44 x 1.41 2.44 x 2.35 2.94 x 1.89 2.94 x 2.35 2.94 x 2.85 2.94 x 3.85 3.92 x 1.89 3.92 x 2.35 3.92 x 2.85 3.92 x 3.85
Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 .20 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0 5.0
Replacement Base & Cover Cover Length Part Number (M) C25IG2 2
C25IG2 C25IG2 C25IG2 C25IG2 C37IG2 C37IG2 C37IG2 C37IG2 C50IG2 C50IG2 C50IG2 C62IG2 C62IG2 C75IG2 C75IG2 C75IG2 C75IG2 C100IG2 C100IG2 C100IG2 C100IG2
Std. Pkg. Qty. (M) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10
B3. Stainless Steel
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
C1.Wiring Duct
MC37X37IG2 MC37X50IG2 MC37X62IG2 MC37X75IG2
C2. Surface Raceway
MC50X50IG2 MC50X75IG2 MC50X100IG2 MC62X37IG2 MC62X62IG2 MC75X50IG2 MC75X62IG2 MC75X75IG2 MC75X100IG2 MC100X50IG2 MC100X62IG2 MC100X75IG2 MC100X100IG2
D1.Terminals
Available in IG (International Gray) only. Base and cover sold together.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.13
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type FS Solid Wall Raceway

B1.Cable Ties
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide Specially formulated lead-free PVC material
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Base scoreline allows easy removal of sidewall sections saving installation time
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT Wire Retainers for Type FS Solid Wall Raceway Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers mounts onto walls with pressure sensitive adhesive. See page C1.26.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.14
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type FS Solid Wall Raceway

Solid wall design fully encloses cables providing maximum protection and aesthetics Material: Lead-free PVC UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 122F (50C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Supplied without mounting holes Std. Std. Base & Cover Pkg. Ctn. Length (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 120 120 120 60 60 120 120 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60
B1.Cable Ties
Base Part Number

> FS.5X.5LG6NM > FS.5X1LG6NM
FS.75X.75LG6NM
> FS1X1LG6NM > FS1X1.5LG6NM FS1X2LG6NM
FS1X3LG6NM FS1X4LG6NM
> FS1.5X1LG6NM > FS1.5X1.5LG6NM > FS1.5X2LG6NM > FS1.5X3LG6NM > FS2X1LG6NM
Duct Size In. .69 x .60 .69 x 1.06 .93 x .82 1.26 x 1.12 1.26 x 1.62 1.26 x 2.12 1.26 x 3.12 1.26 x 4.10 1.75 x 1.12 1.75 x 1.62 1.75 x 2.12 1.75 x 3.12 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 2.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 3.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 4.25 6.25 x x x x x x x x x x x x x x x 1.12 1.62 2.12 3.12 4.10 1.12 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 2.12 3.12 4.10 5.10 4.15
(W x H) mm 17.5 x 15.2 17.5 x 26.9 23.6 x 20.8 32.0 x 28.4 32.0 x 41.1 32.0 x 53.8 32.0 x 79.2 32.0 x 104.1 44.5 x 28.4 44.5 x 41.1 44.5 x 53.8 44.5 x 79.2 57.2 x 28.4 57.2 x 41.1 57.2 x 53.8 57.2 x 79.2 57.2 x 104.1 82.6 x 28.4 82.6 x 53.8 82.6 x 79.2 82.6 x 104.1 82.6 x 129.5 108.0 x 53.8 108.0 x 79.2 108.0 x 104.1 108.0 x 129.5 158.8 x 105.4
Cover Part Number

C.5LG6 C.5LG6 C.75LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C1.5LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG6 C2LG2 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C3LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C4LG6 C6LG6
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
FS2X1.5LG6NM
> FS2X2LG6NM > FS2X3LG6NM
FS2X4LG6NM
> FS3X1LG6NM > FS3X2LG6NM > FS3X3LG6NM
FS3X4LG6NM FS3X5LG6NM
> FS4X2LG6NM > FS4X3LG6NM > FS4X4LG6NM > FS4X5LG6NM > FS6X4LG6NM
D1.Terminals
> Indicates parts available with mounting holes. Remove NM from part number. Part Number shown for LG (Light Gray). For other color availability see Color Selection Guide, page C1.43. Base and cover sold separately.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.15
A. System Overview
Wiring Duct for Special Environments

B1.Cable Ties
Type NNC Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct
B3. Stainless Steel
Halogen free material is nontoxic, lead-free, environmentally safe and will not release toxic or corrosive gases that could endanger public safety or damage sensitive electronic equipment UL94V-0
C1.Wiring Duct
Type NE NORYL* Halogen Free Wiring Duct

C2. Surface Raceway
Halogen free material is nontoxic, lead-free, environmentally safe and will not release toxic or corrosive gases that could endanger public safety or damage sensitive electronic equipment UL94V-1
D1.Terminals
Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Free Wiring Duct
Low smoke/low toxicity material emits a low level of toxic fumes and low smoke emissions when burned Meets Federal Rail Administration Guidelines and NFPA 130 requirements for all transit vehicles
E1. Labeling System
UL94V-0
E2. Labels
The material is self-extinguishing and has excellent flame retardancy UL94V-0.
The material does not release dense smoke when burned per ASTM E662 test method.
The material does not emit a high volume of toxic gases when burned per Boeing and Airbus test methods.
F. Index
C1.16
A. System Overview
Environment/Material Specifications
Typical Applications
pages C1.18 C1.19
B1.Cable Ties
Semiconductor Manufacturing Ship Building Nuclear Power Plants Oil Platforms
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
page C1.22
C2. Surface Raceway
Semiconductor Manufacturing Ship Building Nuclear Power Plants Oil Platforms

C4. Cable Management C3. Abrasion Protection
pages C1.20 C1.21
D1.Terminals
Passenger Rail Cars Other Transportation Vehicles
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels

The material contains no fluorine, bromide or chlorine and will not emit any corrosive or toxic gases when burned per IEC 60754-2 test method. Material is rated for a continuous use temperature above 75C (167F).
F. Index
C1.17
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type NNC Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct
Available in 14 sizes from 25mm x 25mm up to 100mm x 100mm in Light Gray and White.
B1.Cable Ties
DIN 43 659 metric mounting hole pattern meets European requirements
B3. Stainless Steel
Halogen free modified PPO material is environmentally safe and will not release corrosive or toxic gases Flush cover design provides a neat and finished appearance
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Wide finger/slot design provides greater rigidity and allows use with a wide range of wire and bundle sizes Upper and lower Scorelines allows easy finger and sidewall section removal, saving installation time
D1.Terminals
PANDUCT Notching Tool Notches duct sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tee and corner junctions. See page C1.31.
PANDUCT Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. See page C1.19.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PANDUCT Nylon Rivet Installation Tool Installs PANDUCT Nylon Rivets quickly and easily. See page C1.31.
F. Index
C1.18
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type NNC Halogen Free Metric Wiring Duct

Material: Halogen free modified PPO material as verified with IEC 60754-2 test method (test on gases evolved during combustion of electric cables) UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 203F (95C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material B1.Cable Ties Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes Metric sizing and finger progression Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths
Base and Cover Part Number

NNC25X25LG2 NNC25X37LG2
Duct Size (W x H) mm 24.6 x 23.6 x x x x x x x x x x x x x 35.8 47.8 72.4 35.8 47.8 72.4 47.8 72.4 97.8 72.4 47.8 72.4 97.8 In. .97 x .93 .97 x 1.41 .97 x 1.88 .97 x 2.85 1.46 x 1.41 1.46 x 1.88 1.46 x 2.85 1.95 x 1.88 1.95 x 2.85 1.95 x 3.85 2.94 x 2.85 3.92 x 1.88 3.92 x 2.85 3.92 x 3.85
Slot Width In. .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 .39 mm 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0 10.0
Replacement Cover Part Number

NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC25LG2 NC37LG2 NC37LG2 NC37LG2 NC50LG2 NC50LG2 NC50LG2 NC75LG2 NC100LG2 NC100LG2 NC100LG2
Base & Cover Length (M) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. (M) 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 20 10 10 10 10 10 10
B3. Stainless Steel
24.6 NNC25X50LG2 24.6 NNC25X75LG2 24.6 NNC37X37LG2 37.1 NNC37X50LG2 37.1 NNC37X75LG2 37.1 NNC50X50LG2 49.5 NNC50X75LG2 49.5 NNC50X100LG2 49.5 NNC75X75LG2 74.7 NNC100X50LG2 99.6 NNC100X75LG2 99.6 NNC100X100LG2 99.6
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Available in LG (Light Gray) and WH (White). Do not allow cutting, tapping or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with Type NNC Wiring Duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.44 for a list of chemicals to avoid. Base and cover sold together.
D1.Terminals
PANDUCT Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall

NNC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside NNC or NE Wiring Duct to create multiple channels Material: Halogen free modified PPO Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
E1. Labeling System
Part Number
NNC50DWH2 NNC75DWH2
For Nominal Duct Height (mm) 50 75
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. 40 40
E2. Labels
Available in WH (White) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
NNC**DWH2
F. Index
C1.19
A. System Overview
Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Wiring Duct
Available in seven sizes from 25mm x 37mm up to 100mm x 75mm in Beige color.
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Non-slip cover liner prevents cover slide Narrow finger/slot design closely matches the spacing of high-density components
C2. Surface Raceway
Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability material meets Federal Rail Administration guidelines
DIN 43 659 metric mounting hole pattern meets European requirements Upper and lower scorelines allows easy fingers and sidewall section removal saving installation time
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
PANDUCT Wire Retainers for Type TMC Wiring Duct Contain wiring when duct cover is opened. Wire retainers snap easily between duct fingers. See page C1.27.
PANDUCT Type TMC Low Smoke/ Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall Create separate wiring channels within the wiring duct base. See page C1.21.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.20
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Wiring Duct

Material: low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 176F (80C) UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Conforms with NFPA 79-2002 section 14.3.1 requirement for flame retardant material Provided with DIN 43 659 mounting holes Metric sizing and finger progression Duct and cover packaged together in 2 meter lengths
B1.Cable Ties
Base & Cover Part Number

TMC25X37BR2 TMC37X37BR2 TMC50X50BR2 TMC75X50BR2 TMC75X75BR2 TMC100X50BR2 TMC100X75BR2
Duct Size W x H In. mm .97 x 1.41 24.6 x 35.8 1.46 x 1.41 37.1 x 35.8 1.95 x 1.89 49.5 x 48.0 2.94 x 1.89 74.7 x 48.0 2.94 x 2.88 74.7 x 73.2 3.92 x 1.89 99.6 x 48.0 3.92 x 2.88 99.6 x 73.2
Slot Width In. mm .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0 .20 5.0
Replacement Cover Part Number

TC25BR2 TC37BR2 TC50BR2 TC75BR2 TC75BR2 TC100BR2 TC100BR2
Base & Cover Length (M) 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
Std. Ctn. Qty. (M) 20 20 20 20 10 10 10
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. Base and cover sold together.
D1.Terminals
PANDUCT Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall

TMC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside TMC Wiring Duct to create multiple channels Material: Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
E1. Labeling System
Part Number
TMC50DW2 TMC75DW2
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
E2. Labels
Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
TMC**DW2
F. Index
C1.21
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type NE NORYL* Halogen Free Wiring Duct

Material: Halogen free NORYL*
B1.Cable Ties UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 203F (95C)
UL94 Flammability Rating of V-1 Provided with mounting holes
Base Part Number

B3. Stainless Steel NE.5X.5WH6 NE.5X1WH6 NE1X1WH6 NE1X1.5WH6 C1.Wiring Duct
W
NE1X2WH6 NE1X3WH6 NE1X4WH6 NE1.5X1.5WH6 NE1.5X2WH6

H
C2. Surface Raceway
NE1.5X3WH6 NE1.5X4WH6 NE2X1WH6
NE2X2WH6 NE2X3WH6 NE2X4WH6 NE2.5X3WH6 NE3X1WH6 NE3X2WH6 NE3X3WH6 NE3X4WH6
D1.Terminals
NE3X5WH6 NE4X2WH6 NE4X3WH6 NE4X4WH6 NE4X5WH6
Duct Size W x H Slot Width In. mm In. mm .63 x .56 16.0 x 14.2 .38 9.7 .63 x 1.06 16.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 1.14 x 1.06 29.0 x 26.9 .31 7.9 1.14 x 1.62 29.0 x 41.1 .31 7.9 1.14 x 2.06 29.0 x 52.3 .31 7.9 1.14 x 3.06 29.0 x 77.7 .31 7.9 1.14 x 4.06 29.0 x 103.1 .31 7.9 1.64 x 1.62 41.7 x 41.1 .31 7.9 1.64 x 2.06 41.7 x 52.3 .31 7.9 1.64 x 3.06 41.7 x 77.7 .31 7.9 1.64 x 4.06 41.7 x 103.1 .31 7.9 2.14 x 1.06 54.4 x 26.9 .31 7.9 2.14 x 2.06 54.4 x 52.3 .31 7.9 2.14 x 3.06 54.4 x 77.7 .31 7.9 2.14 x 4.06 54.4 x 103.1 .31 7.9 2.64 x 3.06 67.1 x 77.7 .31 7.9 3.14 x 1.06 79.8 x 26.9 .31 7.9 3.14 x 2.06 79.8 x 52.3 .31 7.9 3.14 x 3.06 79.8 x 77.7 .31 7.9 3.14 x 4.06 79.8 x 103.1 .31 7.9 3.14 x 5.06 79.8 x 128.5 .38 9.7 4.14 x 2.06 105.2 x 52.3 .31 7.9 4.14 x 3.06 105.2 x 77.7 .31 7.9 4.14 x 4.06 105.2 x 103.1 .31 7.9 4.14 x 5.06 105.2 x 128.5 .38 9.7
Cover Part Number

NC.5WH6 NC.5WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC1.5WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2WH6 NC2.5WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC3WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6 NC4WH6
Base & Std. Std. Cover Pkg. Ctn. Length (ft) Qty. Qty. 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 120 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60 6 6 60
E1. Labeling System
Available in WH (White) only. Do not allow cutting, tapping or cleaning fluids that contain hydrocarbons to come in contact with Type NE Wiring Duct as it will cause stress cracking. See page C1.44 for list of chemicals to avoid. Base and cover sold separately. *NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.22
A. System Overview
WIRING DUCT TOOLS AND ACCESSORIES

PANDUIT offers a selection of PANDUCT Tools and Accessories to aid cutting, modifying and installing wiring duct.
Some of the features and benefits found in PANDUCT Tools and Accessories include: Wide selection of hand tools for cutting and installing wiring duct Snap-in wire retainers to retain cabling when the cover is removed, or during cable installation Divider walls that mount within the duct enabling multiple channels to be created within a duct channel Corner strips hold corners rigid at tee junctions in control panel applications Joining strips to connect two sections of duct and hold the walls rigid Mounting clips provide an alternative method to mount the duct and allow the duct to be more easily removed
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.23
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type FL Flexible Wiring Duct

B1.Cable Ties
Material: Flexible Polypropylene UL Recognized continuous use temperature: 149F (65C)
UL94 Flammability Rating of V-2 Factory applied adhesive tape provided for easy mounting
Duct Size (W x H) Part Number

FL12X12LG-A FL25X25LG-A FL50X50LG-A
Length In. 19.7 19.7 19.7 mm 500 500 500
B3. Stainless Steel
In. .49 x .49 .98 x .98 1.97 x 1.97
mm 12.5 x 12.5 25.0 x 25.0 50.0 x 50.0
Std. Pkg. Qty. 112 70 32
Available in LG (RAL 7040 Light Gray) color only.
W
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT Divider Wall

Wiring duct divider wall can be mounted inside any type of PANDUIT PVC wiring duct to create multiple channels Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto the mounting base All versions snap onto DB-C mounting base Divider wall heights 2" and greater have a scoreline feature allowing sections to be removed leaving a smooth edge
Meets UL508/508A insulation material requirement for barrier between conductors UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC
D1.Terminals
Part Number
DB-C
Used with Anchors
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 100 1000
PANDUCT Divider Wall Mounting Base

PANDUIT NR1 or #8 or #10 screw
DB-C
E1. Labeling System
Part Number
D1H6 D1.5H6 D2H6
For Nominal Duct Height In. mm 1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 2.00 3.00 4.00 25 37 50 75 100 50 75 100 50 75 100
Length (ft.) 6 6 6 6 6 2 2 2 6 6 6
Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 6 6 6 6 2 2 2 6 6 6
Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 120 120 40 40 40 120 120 120
PANDUCT Solid Divider Wall
E2. Labels
D*H6 and D*H2
D3H6 D4H6 D50H2
PANDUCT Metric Solid Divider Wall

E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers D75H2 D100H2 SD2H6 SD3H6 SD4H6
PANDUCT Slotted Divider Wall

SD*H6
F. Index
Metric Divider Wall available in IG (International Gray) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length. Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
C1.24
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type NNC Halogen Free Solid Divider Wall

NNC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside NNC or NE Wiring Duct to create multiple channels Material: Halogen free modified PPO Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
NNC50DWH2 NNC75DWH2
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
Available in WH (White) color only.
B3. Stainless Steel
NNC**DWH2
NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.24) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
C1.Wiring Duct
PANDUCT Type TMC Low Smoke/Low Toxicity Solid Divider Wall

TMC Solid Divider Wall can be mounted inside TMC Wiring Duct to create multiple channels Material: Low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability thermoplastic Simply install the divider wall base when mounting the duct and snap the divider wall onto mounting base, DB-C
C2. Surface Raceway
Part Number
TMC50DW2 TMC75DW2
Length (M) 2 2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 2 2
TMC**DW2
Available in BR (Natural Beige) color only. NOTE: Must be used with Mounting Base, DB-C (see page C1.43) which is sold separately. Install mounting bases to the duct channel, locate within 2" of each divider wall end and at least every 12" along the length.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.25
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type G & H Wiring Duct Wire Retainers

B1.Cable Ties
Inserts between fingers of Type G Duct and Type H Duct to contain wiring when cover is removed
Adjustable height Material: ABS Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 100 100 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000
Part Number
* WR2-C
WR3-C WR4-C B3. Stainless Steel WR5-C
For Duct Width In. (mm) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5 or 6 x 4
For Duct Height In. (mm) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) 2.00 4.00 (50.8 101.6) Use with: 3 x 5, 4 x 5 or 6 x 4
*For 2" width Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct use Part No. WR2H-C.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT Solid Wall Raceway Type FS & Type D Wiring Duct Wire Retainer
Mounts onto walls of Type FS Raceway or Type D Duct with pressure sensitive adhesive One size fits three different duct widths Material: Lead-free PVC
D1.Terminals
Part Number
WRS-A-C10
For Duct Width In. (mm) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8)
Std. Pkg. Qty. 100
Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000
Full length is used with 2" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.26
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type F, MC & TMC Duct Wire Retainers/Labeling Device

Used to contain wiring when cover is removed and can also be used as a labeling device FWR-C works with all Type F Duct sizes FMWR-C works with all Type MC and TMC sizes Material: Lead-free PVC Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
FWR-C FMWR-C
Material Rigid PVC Rigid PVC
For Duct Width In. mm 1.50 4.00 37 100
Full length for use with 4" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Labeling Inside Duct Snaps onto duct fingers. Full length for use with 4" wide duct. For smaller widths, break off segments at scorelines.
Labeling Outside Duct Break off the last segment from wire retainer below (1.5 mark) and snap onto the back of the remaining segment. Install label and mount between fingers facing outward.
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT Duct Corner Strip with 1" Bend Radius Control

Creates a strong rigid corner at wiring duct junctions Provides bend radius protection for cabling as required in NFPA 79-2002 section 14.1.4.9 and TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-A Available in five pre-cut sizes and 6' lengths that can be cut-to-size to meet any size requirement Easy to install two-piece design Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC
D1.Terminals
Part Number CSPC*LG-Q

CSC1LG6 CSC1WH6 CSC1BL6 CSPC1LG-Q CSPC1.5LG-Q
Part Description
For Duct Height In. mm
Color Light Gray White Black Light Gray Light Gray Light Gray Light Gray Light Gray
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 6 6 6 25 25 120 120 120 250 250
E2. Labels D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
6 Foot Lengths for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct
Cut-to-size 6 foot corner strip with a 1" bend radius. All sizes (Cut to duct height) All sizes (Cut to duct height)
Pre-Cut Pieces for use with all Types of PVC Wiring Duct
1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 1" wall height. 1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 1.5" wall height (2.0" Type H Duct). 1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 2" wall height. 1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 3" wall height. 1" bend radius corner strip pre-cut for 4" wall height (4.0" Type H Duct). 1.00 1.50 25.4 38.1
E1. Labeling System
CSPC2LG-Q CSPC3LG-Q CSPC4LG-Q
2.00 3.00 4.00
50.8 76.2 101.6
25 25 25
250 250 250

E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
CSPC available in Light Gray color only. Order number of feet required, in multiples of 6' or Standard Package Quantity.
F. Index
C1.27
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Duct Corner Strips

B1.Cable Ties
Slides onto duct at corner or tee junctions for smooth, round corners Available in five pre-cut sizes and six-foot lengths that can be cut to meet any size requirement
Easy to install one-piece design Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC Std. Pkg. Qty. 6 Std. Ctn. Qty. 120
Part Number
CS1LG6 B3. Stainless Steel
Part Description 6 foot length is cut by user to fit duct height.
For Duct Height In. mm Cut to size Cut to size
Color Light Gray
CS1LG6
C1.Wiring Duct
CSP1LG-Q CSP1.5LG-Q CSP2LG-Q CSP3LG-Q CSP4LG-Q
Available in LG (Light Gray) only.
1.00 Pre-cut pieces. 3.00 4.00
25.4 76.2 101.6
Light Light Light Light
Gray Gray Gray Gray
25 25 25 25 25
250 250 250 250 25
Light Gray
C2. Surface Raceway
CSP*LG-Q
PANDUCT Duct Joining Strips

D1.Terminals
Slides onto duct to join sections together Available in four pre-cut sizes and six-foot lengths that can be cut to meet any size requirement Easy to install one-piece design
Compatible with all styles of PANDUIT Wiring Duct UL94 Flammability Rating of V-0 Material: Lead-free PVC
Part Number
E1. Labeling System DJS1LG6
Part Description 6 foot length is cut by user to fit duct height.
For Duct Height In. mm Cut to size Cut to size
Color Light Gray White Light Light Light Light Gray Gray Gray Gray
Std. Pkg. Qty. 6
Std. Ctn. Qty. 120
DJS1**6
DJS1WH6 DJSP1.5LG-Q E2. Labels DJSP2LG-Q DJSP3LG-Q DJSP4LG-Q E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 38.1 50.8 76.2 101.6 25 25 25 25 250 250 250 250
Pre-cut pieces.
DJSP*LG-Q
Pre-cut pieces available in LG (Light Gray) only.
F. Index
C1.28
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket Type G, F, FS, D, MC, NNC & TMC Wiring Duct
Duct easily snaps into bracket No mounting holes required in duct Ensures no metal is inside the duct Snap-clip spacing is not critical Simplifies fabrication drawings and panel layout Material: Spring steel For Duct Width In. mm 1.00 1.50 2.00 3.00 4.00 1.00 1.50 2.00 2.50 3.00 25.4 38.1 50.8 76.2 101.6 25 37 50 62 75 Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 100 100 100 100 100 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
S1F-C S1.5F-C S2F-C S3F-C S4F-C SNS25F-C SNS37F-C SNS50F-C SNS62F-C SNS75F-C
Screw Required #8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32 x x x x x 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 (Provided) (Provided) (Provided) (Provided) (Provided)
Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket for use with Types G, F, FS and D Wiring Duct
B3. Stainless Steel
Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket for use with Types MC, NNC and TMC Wiring Duct
#8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 #8-32 #8-32 #8-32 x x x x 1/4 1/4 1/4 1/4 (User (User (User (User Supplied) Supplied) Supplied) Supplied) 100 1000 100 100 100 100 1000 1000 1000 1000
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUCT Snap-Clip Mounting Bracket Type NE Wiring Duct

Duct easily snaps into bracket Ensures no metal is inside the duct Snap-clip spacing is not critical Simplifies fabrication drawings and panel layout Material: Spring steel
Part Number
SNS.5-C SNS1-C SNS1.5-C SNS2-C SNS3-C
Screw Required #6-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied) #8-32 x 1/4 (User Supplied)
For Duct Width In. mm .50 12.7 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 2.00 50.8 3.00 76.2
Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 100 100 100
Std. Ctn. Qty. 1000 1000 1000 1000 1000
D1.Terminals
Adhesive Tape for Wiring Duct

Recommended installation temperature is 70F (21C) UL Recognized service temperature is 32F (0C) to 140F (60C) Optimum recommended dwell time for acrylic adhesive is 8 hours Recommended tape load is 1/2 lb. per square inch of tape area As a Permanent Mounting Method: Eliminates the drilling and tapping of holes, labor and time required to install separate mounting devices As a Temporary Mounting Method: Holds duct in place to free installers hands to further secure duct with screws, rivets, etc Roll Length Yds. 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 7.0 72.0 M 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 6.4 65.5 Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 9 100 9 60 7 100 9 60 7
E1. Labeling System
Duct Size WxH
Tape Part Number
E2. Labels
.5 x .5 thru 1.5 x 4 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-50-72 2 x 1 thru 3 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-50-72 3 x 4 thru 3 x 5 P32W2A2-75-7 P32W2A2-75-72 4 x 1.5 thru 4 x 3 P32W2A2-50-7 P32W2A2-75-72 4 x 4 thru 6 x 4 P32W2A2-75-7 P32W2A2-75-72
F. Index
Order number of rolls required in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.
C1.29
A. System Overview
Adhesive Tape Guide

B1.Cable Ties
Selection of Wiring Duct Part Numbers Available with Factory Applied Adhesive Tape
G Duct Light Gray

B3. Stainless Steel
G Duct White G.5X.5WH6-A G.5X1WH6-A G.75X1WH6-A G.75X1.5WH6-A G.75X2WH6-A G1X1WH6-A G1X1.5WH6-A G1X2WH6-A G1X3WH6-A G1X4WH6-A G1.5X1WH6-A G1.5X1.5WH-A G1.5X2WH6-A G1.5X3WH6-A G1.5X4WH6-A G2X1WH6-A G2X1.5WH6-A G2X2WH6-A G2X3WH6-A G2X4WH6-A G2X5WH6-A G2.5X3WH6-A G3X1WH6-A G3X2WH6-A G3X3WH6-A G3X4WH6-A G3X5WH6-A G4X1.5WH6-A G4X2WH6-A G4X3WH6-A G4X4WH6-A G4X5WH6-A
G Duct Black G1X3BL6-A G2X2BL6-A G2X4BL6-A G3X3BL6-A G4X4BL6-A
F Duct Light Gray F.5X.5LG6-A F.5X1LG6-A F.75X.75LG6-A F.75X1.5LG6-A F1X1LG6-A F1X1.5LG6-A F1X2LG6-A F1X3LG6-A F1X4LG6-A F1.5X1LG6-A F1.5X1.5LG6-A F1.5X2LG6-A F1.5X3LG6-A F1.5X4LG6-A F2X1LG6-A F2X1.5LG6-A F2X2LG6-A F2X3LG6-A F2X4LG6-A F2X5LG6-A F3X1LG6-A F3X2LG6-A F3X3LG6-A F3X4LG6-A F3X5LG6-A F4X2LG6-A F4X3LG6-A F4X4LG6-A F4X5LG6-A
NE Duct White NE1X2WH6-A NE1.5X2WH6-A NE2X2WH6-A NE4X2WH6-A NE4X3WH6-A NE4X4WH6-A
G.5X.5LG6-A G.5X1LG6-A G.75X.75LG6-A G.75X1LG6-A
C1.Wiring Duct
G.75X1.5LG6-A G.75X2LG6-A G1X1LG6-A G1X1.5LG6-A G1X2LG6-A G1X3LG6-A G1X4LG6-A
C2. Surface Raceway
G1.5X1LG6-A G1.5X1.5LG6-A G1.5X2LG6-A G1.5X3LG6-A
G1.5X4LG6-A G2X1LG6-A G2X1.5LG6-A G2X2LG6-A
D1.Terminals
G2X3LG6-A G2X4LG6-A G2X5LG6-A
G2.5X3LG6-A G3X1LG6-A G3X2LG6-A G3X3LG6-A
E1. Labeling System
G3X4LG6-A G3X5LG6-A G4X1.5LG6-A G4X2LG6-A G4X3LG6-A G4X4LG6-A G4X5LG6-A
E2. Labels
All three sizes of Flexible Duct come provided with adhesive: FL12X12LG-A, FL25X25LG-A, FL50X50LG-A
Specifications for Factory Applied Tape
Tape Duct Size WxH

.5 x .5 through 1.5 x 4 2 x 1 through 3 x 3 3 x 4 through 3 x 5 4 x 1.5 through 4 x 3 4 x 4 through 6 x 4
F. Index
Rows of Tape 1 2 2 2 2
Width In. .50 .50 .75 .50 .75 mm 12.7 12.7 19.1 12.7 19.1
Thickness In. mm .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8 .03 .8

C1.30
A. System Overview
Installation Tools
DCT easily cuts any PANDUCT Wiring Duct and Cover DNT-100 notches duct sidewalls to bottom scoreline for tees and corner junctions TNR installs or removes PANDUIT Nylon Rivets, NR1-C and NR1-M, quickly and easily DFCT easily removes duct fingers in tight places Std. Pkg. Qty
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
Part Description
Duct Cutting Tool (For use with all duct/raceway types)

DCT
Hand held duct cutting tool.
1
B3. Stainless Steel
Replacement Blade Kit (Includes blade and nylon insert)

DCT DNT-100
DCT-BLD
Replacement blade kit with blade and nylon insert.
1
C1.Wiring Duct
Replacement Nylon Insert

DCT-RI
Replacement nylon insert.
Duct Notching Tool (For use with all slotted duct types)
DNT-100
Hand held sidewall notching tool.
TNR
DFCT
Nylon Rivet Installation Tool

TNR
C2. Surface Raceway
Hand held nylon rivet installation tool.
1
Duct Finger Cutting Tool (For use with all wide slotted duct types)
DFCT
Hand held duct finger cutting tool.
Nylon Rivets
NR1-C and NR1-M
NR1-C NR1-M
Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool. Nylon rivet for use with TNR rivet tool.
100 1000
Total Thickness of Panel and Duct In. mm .158 .187 4.0 4.7 .188 .218 4.8 5.5 .219 .250 5.6 6.4 .251 and up 6.5 and up
Panel Hole Dia. Needed In. mm .187 4.7 .193 4.9 .203 5.2 .213 5.4
ANSI Standard Drill Bit #15 #11 #7 #4
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.31
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type G & D Wiring Duct Dimensions

Dimensions are shown for reference only. Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
DUCT SIZE (W x H) A B .5 x .5 .69 .60 (12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) .5 x 1 .69 1.06 (12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) .5 x 2 .69 2.03 (12.7) x (50.8) (17.5) (51.6) .5 x 4 .69 4.10 (12.7) x (101.6) (17.5) (104.1) .75 x .75 .93 .82 (19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) .75 x 1 .93 1.06 (19.1) x (25.4) (23.6) 26.9 .75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) .75 x 2 .93 2.03 (19.1) x (50.8) (23.6) (51.6) 1x1 1.26 1.12 (25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 (25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) 1x2 1.26 2.12 (25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) 1x3 1.26 3.12 (25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) 1x4 1.26 4.10 (25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) 1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 (38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) 1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 (38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) 2x1 2.25 1.12 (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) 2x2 2.25 2.12 (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) 2x3 2.25 3.12 (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) 2x4 2.25 4.10 (50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) 2x5 2.25 5.10 (50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) 2.5 x 3 2.75 3.12 (63.5) x (76.2) (69.9) (79.2) 3x1 3.25 1.12 (76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) 3x2 3.25 2.12 (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) 3x3 3.25 3.12 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) 3x4 3.25 4.10 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) 3x5 3.25 5.10 (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 (101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) 4x2 4.25 2.12 (101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) 4x3 4.25 3.12 (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) 4x4 4.25 4.10 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) 4x5 4.25 5.10 (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) 6x4 6.25 4.15 (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) > Available for Type G Wiring Duct only. See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and C .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 6.25 (158.8) DIMENSIONS Inches (mm) D E F H .38 .37 .80 .50 (9.5) (9.3) (20.3) (12.7) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.25 .31 1.00 4.00 (57.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .56 .31 .80 0.75 (14.3) (7.9) (20.3) (19.1) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) .75 .31 .80 1.00 (19.1) (7.9) (20.3) (25.4) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 1.20 .31 .80 1.50 (30.5) (7.9) (20.3) (38.1) 1.63 .31 .80 2.00 (41.3) (7.9) (20.3) (50.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.7) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 4.63 .38 1.33 5.00 (117.5) (9.5) (33.9) (127.0) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.1) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) K T .05 (1.3) .05 (1.3) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .06 (1.4) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .10 (2.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .11 (2.8)
B1.Cable Ties
C
>
For .5" high duct.
F
>
D
> >
>
For .75", 1", 1.5", 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.
> >
B3. Stainless Steel
C F
> >
C1.Wiring Duct
>
C2. Surface Raceway
Note: A dimension is measured at base. Note: K dimension shown in mounting hole dimensions below.
>

.44 + - .02 [11.2 + - 0.5]
>

H
.67 + - .06 TYP [16.94 + - 1.5]
> >
D1.Terminals
For 2" duct height = 3 rows of holes 3" duct height = 4 rows of holes 4" duct height = 6 rows of holes

Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct.
>
E1. Labeling System
.50 TYP [12.7] .20 TYP [5.0] C L
>
E2. Labels
4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0 [50.8]
>
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct.
>

4.0 [101.6] TYP
C L
2.0 [50.8]
> >
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .73 (18.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 2.50 (63.5)
F. Index
size availability. Prime items appear in BOLD.
C1.32
ON CENTERLINE
PANDUCT Type F Wiring Duct & FS Raceway Dimensions
DUCT SIZE (W x H) A B .5 x .5 .69 .60 (12.7) x (12.7) (17.5) (15.2) .5 x 1 .69 1.06 (12.7) x (25.4) (17.5) (26.9) .75 x .75 .93 .82 (19.1) x (19.1) (23.6) (20.8) .75 x 1.5 .93 1.57 (19.1) x (38.1) (23.6) (39.9) 1x1 1.26 1.12 (25.4) x (25.4) (32.0) (28.4) 1 x 1.5 1.26 1.62 (25.4) x (38.1) (32.0) (41.1) 1x2 1.26 2.12 (25.4) x (50.8) (32.0) (53.8) 1x3 1.26 3.12 (25.4) x (76.2) (32.0) (79.2) 1x4 1.26 4.10 (25.4) x (101.6) (32.0) (104.1) 1.5 x 1 1.75 1.12 (38.1) x (25.4) (44.5) (28.4) 1.5 x 1.5 1.75 1.62 (38.1) x (38.1) (44.5) (41.1) 1.5 x 2 1.75 2.12 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) (53.8) 1.5 x 3 1.75 3.12 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) (79.2) 1.5 x 4 1.75 4.10 (38.1) x (101.6) (44.5) (104.1) 2x1 2.25 1.12 (50.8) x (25.4) (57.2) (28.4) 2 x 1.5 2.25 1.62 (50.8) x (38.1) (57.2) (41.1) 2x2 2.25 2.12 (50.8) x (50.8) (57.2) (53.8) 2x3 2.25 3.12 (50.8) x (76.2) (57.2) (79.2) 2x4 2.25 4.10 (50.8) x (101.6) (57.2) (104.1) 2x5 2.25 5.10 (50.8) x (127.0) (57.2) (129.5) 3x1 3.25 1.12 (76.2) x (25.4) (82.6) (28.4) 3x2 3.25 2.12 (76.2) x (50.8) (82.6) (53.8) 3x3 3.25 3.12 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) (79.2) 3x4 3.25 4.10 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) (104.1) 3x5 3.25 5.10 (76.2) x (127.0) (82.6) (129.5) 4 x 1.5 4.25 1.62 > (101.6) x (38.1) (108.0) (41.1) 4x2 4.25 2.12 (101.6) x (50.8) (108.0) (53.8) 4x3 4.25 3.12 (101.6) x (76.2) (108.0) (79.2) 4x4 4.25 4.10 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) (104.1) 4x5 4.25 5.10 (101.6) x (127.0) (108.0) (129.5) 6x4 6.25 4.15 > (152.4) x (101.6) (158.8) (105.4) > Available for Type FS Raceway only. See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and DIMENSIONS Inches (mm) D E F H .38 .20 .50 .50 (9.5) (5.0) (12.7) (12.7) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) .56 .20 .50 .75 (14.3) (5.0) (12.7) (19.1) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.20 .20 .50 1.50 (30.5) (5.0) (12.7) (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) .75 .20 .50 1.00 (19.1) (5.0) (12.7) (25.4) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) 1.50 N/A N/A N/A (38.1) 1.63 .20 .50 2.00 (41.3) (5.0) (12.7) (50.8) 2.63 .20 .50 3.00 (66.7) (5.0) (12.7) (76.2) 3.63 .20 .50 4.00 (92.1) (5.0) (12.7) (101.6) 4.63 .20 .50 5.00 (117.5) (5.0) (12.7) (127.0) 4.00 N/A N/A N/A (101.6) C .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) .94 (23.9) .94 (23.9) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 6.25 (158.8) K T .05 (1.3) .05 (1.3) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .06 (1.4) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.7) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.4) .11 (2.7) .12 (2.9) .11 (2.8)
A. System Overview
For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" high duct.

C E
B1.Cable Ties
B T A
For 2", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.

C
ON CENTERLINE
B3. Stainless Steel
B T
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1" and 1.5" wide duct.
.50 TYP [12.7] .20 TYP [5.0] C L
2.0 TYP [50.8]
2.0 [50.8]
For 2.0", 2.5", 3", 4" and 6" wide duct.
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) N/A 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) N/A
D1.Terminals
K K C L
E1. Labeling System
2.0 TYP [50.8]
2.0 [50.8]
E2. Labels
Note: For Type FS Raceway, no mounting holes is the standard condition; if mounting holes are required, delete NM from the part number.
size availability.
F. Index
C1.33
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type MC & TMC Wiring Duct Dimensions

DIMENSIONS mm (Inches) C D E F 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 49.6 (1.95) 49.6 (1.95) 49.6 (1.95) 62.1 (2.44) 62.1 (2.44) 74.6 (2.94) 74.6 (2.94) 74.6 (2.94) 74.6 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 13.6 (.54) 24.7 (.97) 34.8 (1.37) 45.8 (1.80) 57.6 (2.27) 24.7 (.97) 34.8 (1.37) 45.8 (1.80) 57.6 (2.27) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6 (2.27) 81.0 (3.19) 24.7 (.97) 45.8 (1.80) 34.8 (1.37) 45.8 (1.80) 57.6 (2.27) 81.0 (3.19) 34.8 (1.37) 45.8 (1.80) 57.6 (2.27) 81.0 (3.19) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 5.0 (.20) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) 12.5 (.49) DUCT SIZE (W x H) > 25 x 25 (.98) x (.98)
B T H D
B1.Cable Ties
For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm high duct.
C E
A 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95) 62.0 (2.44) 62.0 (2.44) 74.7 (2.94) 74.7 (2.94) 74.7 (2.94) 74.7 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92)
B 23.6 (.93) 35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88) 59.7 (2.35) 73.2 (2.88) 35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88) 59.7 (2.35) 72.4 (2.85) 48.0 (1.89) 72.4 (2.85) 97.8 (3.85) 35.8 (1.41) 59.7 (2.35) 48.0 (1.89) 59.7 (2.35) 73.2 (2.88) 97.8 (3.85) 48.0 (1.89) 59.7 (2.35) 73.2 (2.88) 97.8 (3.85)
H 20.5 (.81) 33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79) 58.0 (2.28) 70.5 (2.78) 33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79) 58.0 (2.28) 70.5 (2.78) 45.5 (1.79) 70.5 (2.78) 95.5 (3.76) 33.0 (1.30) 58.0 (2.28) 45.5 (1.79) 58.0 (2.28) 70.5 (2.78) 95.5 (3.76) 45.5 (1.79) 58.0 (2.28) 70.5 (2.78) 99.5 (3.76)
T 1.4 (.06) 1.4 (.06) 1.5 (.06) 1.5 (.06) 1.7 (.07) 1.5 (.06) 1.7 (.07) 1.7 (.07) 1.8 (.07) 1.7 (.07) 1.9 (.08) 2.2 (.09) 1.7 (.07) 1.8 (.07) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.2 (.09) 2.3 (.09) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.5 (.10) 2.5 (.10)
25 x 37.5 (.98) x (1.48) > 25 x 50 (.98) x (1.97) > 25 x 62.5 (.98) x (2.46) > 25 x 75 (.98) x (2.95) 37.5 x 37.5 (1.48) x (1.48) > > 37.5 x 50 (1.48) x (1.97) 37.5 x 62.5 (1.48) x (2.46) > 37.5 x 75 (1.48) x (2.95) 50 x 50 (1.97) x (1.97) > 50 x 75 (1.97) x (2.95) > > 50 x 100 (1.97) x (3.94) 62.5 x 37.5 (2.46) x (1.48) > 62.5 x 62.5 (2.46) x (2.46) 75 x 50 (2.95) x (1.97) > 75 x 62.5 (2.95) x (2.46) 75 x 75 (2.95) x (2.95) > 75 x 100 (2.95) x (3.94) 100 x 50 (3.94) x (1.97) > 100 x 62.5 (3.94) x (2.46) 100 x 75
B3. Stainless Steel
For 62.5mm, 75mm and 100mm high duct.

C E
C1.Wiring Duct
B T
C2. Surface Raceway
Mounting Hole Dimensions For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm width duct.
2000mm [78.74] 14mm [.55]
D1.Terminals
8mm [.32] 1950mm [76.77]
For 75mm and 100mm width duct.

2000mm [78.74] 50mm [1.97] 6.5mm [.26] 25mm [.98] 12.5mm [.49]
E1. Labeling System
(3.94) x (2.95) > 100 x 100 (3.94) x (3.94)
E2. Labels
> Available for Type MC Wiring Duct only.

4.5mm [.18] 1950mm [76.77] 50mm [1.97] 25mm [.98]
F. Index
C1.34
PANDUCT Type NNC Wiring Duct Dimensions
DUCT SIZE (W x H)
For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm high duct.
C
A. System Overview
A 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95) 74.7 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92)
B 23.6 (.93) 35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4 (2.85) 35.8 (1.41) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4 (2.85) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4 (2.85) 97.8 (3.85) 72.4 (2.85) 47.8 (1.88) 72.4 (2.85) 97.8 (3.85)
DIMENSIONS mm (Inches) C D 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 24.6 (.97) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 37.1 (1.46) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95) 49.5 (1.95) 74.7 (2.94) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 99.6 (3.92) 13.6 (.54) 24.6 (.97) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6 (2.27) 24.7 (.97) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6 (2.27) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6 (2.27) 81.0 (3.19) 57.6 (2.27) 34.8 (1.37) 57.6 (2.27) 81.0 (3.19)
H 20.3 (.80) 33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6 (2.78) 33.0 (1.30) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6 (2.78) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6 (2.78) 95.5 (3.76) 70.6 (2.78) 45.5 (1.79) 70.6 (2.78) 95.5 (3.76)
T 1.5 (.06) 1.8 (.07) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 1.8 (.07) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.3 (.09) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.0 (.08) 2.3 (.09)
B1.Cable Ties
10.0 TYP [.39]

B H D
T A
25 x 25 (.98) x (.98) 25 x 37 (.98) x (1.48) 25 x 50 (.98) x (1.97) 25 x 75 (.98) x (2.95) 37.5 x 37.5 (1.48) x (1.48) 37.5 x 50 (1.48) x (1.97) 37.5 x 75 (1.48) 50 (1.97) 50 (1.97) x x x x x (2.95) 50 (1.97) 75 (2.95)
25.0 TYP [.98]
B3. Stainless Steel
For 75mm and 100mm high duct.

C
10.0 TYP [.39]
C1.Wiring Duct
B T
25.0 TYP [.98]
50 x 100 (1.97) x (3.94) 75 x 75 (2.95) x (2.95) 100 x 50 (3.94) x (1.97) 100 x 75 (3.94) x (2.95) 100 x 100 (3.92) x (3.85)
C2. Surface Raceway
Mounting Hole Dimensions For 25mm, 37.5mm and 50mm width duct.
2000mm [78.74] 14mm [.55]
8mm [.32] 1950mm [76.77]
D1.Terminals
For 75mm and 100mm width duct.

2000mm [78.74] 50mm [1.97] 6.5mm [.26] 25mm [.98] 12.5mm [.49]
E1. Labeling System

4.5mm [.18] 25mm [.98]
1950mm [76.77]
50mm [1.97]
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.35
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type NE Wiring Duct Dimensions

DUCT SIZE (W x H)
For .5" high duct.
F C
B1.Cable Ties
A .63 (16.0) .63 (16.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.14 (29.0) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 1.64 (41.7) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.14 (54.4) 2.64 (67.1) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 3.14 (79.8) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2) 4.14 (105.2)
B .56 (14.2) 1.06 (26.9) 1.06 (26.9) 1.62 (41.1) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 1.62 (41.1) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 1.06 (26.9) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 3.06 (77.7) 1.06 (26.9) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 5.06 (128.5) 2.06 (52.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.06 (103.1) 5.06 (128.5)
C .69 (17.5) .69 (17.5) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.25 (31.8) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 1.75 (44.5) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.25 (57.2) 2.75 (69.9) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 3.25 (82.6) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0) 4.25 (108.0)
DIMENSIONS Inches (mm) D E F .38 (9.7) .75 (19.1) .75 (19.1) 1.20 (30.5) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 1.20 (30.5) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) .75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 2.63 (66.8) .75 (19.1) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.63 (117.6) 1.63 (41.4) 2.63 (66.8) 3.63 (92.2) 4.63 (117.6) .37 (9.4) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .38 (9.7) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .31 (7.9) .38 (9.7) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) .80 (20.3) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.33 (33.8) .80 (20.3) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.33 (33.8)
H .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 1.50 (38.1) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 3.00 (76.2) 1.00 (25.4) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0) 2.00 (50.8) 3.00 (76.2) 4.00 (101.6) 5.00 (127.0)
T .05 (1.3) .06 (1.5) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .07 (1.8) .06 (1.5) .07 (1.7) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .09 (2.3) .07 (1.8) .07 (1.8) .08 (2.0) .09 (2.3)
D H
B3. Stainless Steel

For 1", 1.25", 1.5", 1.75", 2", 2.5", 3", 4" and 5" high duct.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway

Mounting Hole Dimensions For .5", .75", 1", and 1.5" wide duct.
.50 TYP [12.7] .195 TYP [5.0] C L
D1.Terminals
4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0 [50.8]
For 2.0", 2.5", 3" and 4" wide duct.
K K C L
E1. Labeling System

4.0 [101.6] TYP 2.0 [50.8]
E2. Labels
.5 x .5 (12.7) x (12.7) .5 x 1 (12.7) x (25.4) 1x1 (25.4) x (25.4) 1 x 1.5 (25.4) x (38.1) 1x2 (25.4) x (50.8) 1x3 (25.4) x (76.2) 1x4 (25.4) x (101.6) 1.5 x 1.5 (38.1) x (38.1) 1.5 x 2 (38.1) x (50.8) 1.5 x 3 (38.1) x (76.2) 1.5 x 4 (38.1) x (101.6) 2x1 (50.8) x (25.4) 2x2 (50.8) x (50.8) 2x3 (50.8) x (76.2) 2x4 (50.8) x (101.6) 2.5 x 3 (63.5) x (76.2) 3x1 (76.2) x (25.4) 3x2 (76.2) x (50.8) 3x3 (76.2) x (76.2) 3x4 (76.2) x (101.6) 3x5 (76.2) x (127.0) 4x2 (101.6) x (50.8) 4x3 (101.6) x (76.2) 4x4 (101.6) x (101.6) 4x5 (101.6) x (127.0)
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .75 (19.1) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1) 1.50 (38.1)
F. Index
C1.36
ON CENTERLINE
PANDUCT Type H & HS Wiring Duct Dimensions
DUCT SIZE (W x H) A 1.5 x 2 1.75 (38.1) x (50.8) (44.5) 1.5 x 3 1.75 (38.1) x (76.2) (44.5) 2x2 2.17 (50.8) x (50.8) (55.1) 2x3 2.17 (50.8) x (76.2) (55.1) 2x4 2.17 (50.8) x (101.6) (55.1) 3x3 3.25 (76.2) x (76.2) (82.6) 3x4 3.25 (76.2) x (101.6) (82.6) 4x4 4.25 (101.6) x (101.6) (108.0) B 1.98 (50.3) 3.06 (77.7) 1.98 (50.3) 3.06 (77.7) 4.10 (104.1) 3.06 (77.7) 4.10 (104.1) 4.10 (104.1) C 1.88 (47.8) 1.88 (47.8) 2.29 (58.2) 2.29 (58.2) 4.38 (111.3) 3.38 (85.9) 3.38 (85.9) 4.38 (111.3) DIMENSIONS Inches (mm) D E F H 1.63 .31 .80 1.92 (41.4) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 1.57 .31 .80 1.92 (39.9) (7.9) (20.3) (48.8) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 2.63 .31 1.00 3.00 (66.8) (7.9) (25.4) (76.2) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) 3.63 .31 1.00 4.00 (92.2) (7.9) (25.4) (101.6) K T .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .08 (2.0) .10 (2.5) .10 (2.7) .10 (2.5) .11 (2.8) .11 (2.8)
A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
.50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) .50 (12.7) 1.00 (25.4) 1.00 (25.4) 1.50 (38.1)
On CL
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
100 F C
C2. Surface Raceway

For 1.5", 2.0", 3", 4" wide duct.
K
D H B T
C L
4.0 [101.6] TYP
2.0 [50.8]
PANDUCT Type FL Wiring Duct Dimensions

Dimensions are shown for reference only. Dimensions are in mm (in.). Contact customer service at 800-777-3300 for specific dimensional needs.
ELECTRICAL 10 AWG 12 AWG NOMINAL 3.9 3.1 DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (Wx H) 2 THHN THHN mm mm 12 x 12 25 x 25 50 x 50 144 625 2500 3 12 43 5 19 67
A C L 4.0 TYP [.16]
D1.Terminals
Mounting Hole Dimensions For FL12X12LG-A

25.0 TYP [.98] 5.0 TYP [.20] 8.0 TYP [.31]
12.5 [.49]
E1. Labeling System
Note: Type FL Wiring Duct has factory applied adhesive. For 50 x 50 two strips of tape are used; otherwise, only one strip is centered on the part.
6.2 TYP [.25]
E2. Labels
For FL25X25LG-A & FL50X50LG-A

12.5 TYP [.49] 12.5 [.49] B C L
Note: B dimension is without adhesive.
25.0 TYP [.98]
F. Index
C1.37
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type D, G, F & FS Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity

ELECTRICAL NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL (W x H) 2 inches AREA in .5 x .5 .250 .5 x 1 .500 .5 x 2 1.000 .75 x .75 .563 .75 x 1 .750 .75 x 1.5 1.125 .75 x 2 1.500 1x1 1.000 1 x 1.5 1.500 1x2 2.000 1x3 3.000 1x4 4.000 1.5 x 1 1.500 1.5 x 1.5 2.250 1.5 x 2 3.000 1.5 x 3 4.500 1.5 x 4 6.000 2x1 2.000 2 x 1.5 3.000 2x2 4.000 2x3 6.000 2x4 8.000 2x5 10.000 2.5 x 3 7.500 3x1 3.000 3x2 6.000 3x3 9.000 3x4 12.000 3x5 15.000 4 x 1.5 6.000 4x2 8.000 4x3 12.000 4x4 16.000 4x5 20.000 6x4 24.000 8 AWG .216 THHN 3 6 12 7 9 14 18 12 18 24 37 49 18 28 37 55 73 24 37 49 73 98 122 92 37 73 110 147 184 73 98 147 196 245 294 10 AWG .153 THHN 6 12 24 14 18 27 37 24 37 49 73 98 37 55 73 110 146 49 73 98 146 195 244 183 73 146 220 293 366 146 195 293 391 488 586 12 AWG .122 .158 THHN 10 19 38 22 29 43 58 38 58 77 115 154 58 86 115 173 230 77 115 154 230 307 384 288 115 230 346 461 576 230 307 461 614 768 921 MTW 6 11 23 13 17 26 34 23 34 46 69 92 34 52 69 103 137 46 69 92 137 183 229 172 69 137 206 275 343 137 183 275 366 458 549 14 AWG .139 MTW 7 15 30 17 22 33 44 30 44 59 89 118 44 67 89 133 177 59 89 118 177 237 296 222 89 177 266 355 444 177 237 355 473 592 710 16 AWG .096 .125 TFFN 16 31 62 35 47 70 93 62 93 124 186 248 93 140 186 279 372 124 186 248 372 496 620 465 186 372 558 744 930 372 496 744 992 1240 1488 MTW 9 18 37 21 27 41 55 37 55 73 110 146 55 82 110 165 219 73 110 146 219 293 366 274 110 219 329 439 549 319 293 439 585 731 878 18 AWG .084 .113 TFFN 20 40 81 46 61 91 121 81 121 162 243 324 121 182 243 364 486 162 243 324 486 648 810 607 243 486 729 972 1215 486 648 972 1296 1620 1944 MTW 11 22 45 25 34 50 67 45 67 90 134 179 67 101 134 201 269 90 134 179 269 358 448 336 134 269 403 537 671 269 358 537 716 895 1074 22 AWG .065 MTW 34 68 135 76 101 152 203 135 203 270 406 541 203 304 406 609 811 270 406 541 811 1082 1352 1014 406 811 1217 1623 2029 811 1082 1623 2164 2705 3246 COMMUNICATION 24 AWG .250
STP/CM CAT 6
B1.Cable Ties
.105 THHN 13 26 52 29 39 58 78 52 78 104 155 207 78 117 155 233 311 104 155 207 311 415 518 389 155 311 466 622 777 311 415 622 829 1037 1244
.165 MTW 5 10 21 12 16 24 31 21 31 42 63 84 31 47 63 94 126 42 63 84 126 168 210 157 63 126 189 252 315 126 268 252 336 420 504
.217
UTP/CM CAT 5e
.422
UTP/CM
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
3 6 12 7 9 14 18 12 18 24 36 49 18 27 36 55 73 24 36 49 73 97 121 91 36 73 109 146 182 73 97 146 194 243 291
2 5 9 5 7 10 14 9 14 18 27 37 14 21 27 41 55 18 27 37 55 73 91 69 27 55 82 110 137 55 73 110 146 183 219
1 2 3 2 2 4 5 3 5 6 10 13 5 7 10 14 19 6 10 13 19 26 32 24 10 19 29 39 48 19 26 39 51 64 77
See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type. Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.
E1. Labeling System
Formula used to calculate fill capacity:

See page C1.41 for explanation of wirefill formula.
Number of Wires =
Duct W x H 1.75 x (Wire O.D.)2
E2. Labels
Formula to approximate wiring duct size needed:

Wire O.D. for multiple wire types:
1. Determine the number of wires the duct will need to contain. 2. Determine the wire outside diameter (for multiple wires see formula at left. 3. Calculate the wirefill comparison area using the following formula: Wirefill Comparison Area = Number of Wires x [1.75 x (Wire O.D.)2]
Example: Wirefill Comparison Area = 59 x [1.75 x (.107) 2] = 59 x .020 = 1.182
Wire O.D.
(Number of Wires x Wire O.D.)

Number of Wires 15 x .165 285 x .065 16 x .125 total wires = = = = = 2.475 1.820 2.000 6.295
Example: 15 wires with .165" O.D = 28 wires with .065" O.D. = 16 wires with .125" O.D. = 59 6.295 59 = Wire O.D.
4. Choose a Duct with W x H equal to or greater than the result from step 3. Area of Selected Duct > = Calculated Wirefill Comparison Area
Example: For Duct Size .75" x 1.5" Duct Area = .75 x 1.5 = 1.125 sq. in. (No good 1.125 < 1.182) For Duct Size 1.5" x 1" Duct Area = 1.5 x 1 = 1.1500 sq. in. (Good 1.500 > 1.182)
.107
In the above example 1" x 1.5" duct or larger could also be used.
F. Index
C1.38
PANDUCT Type MC, NNC & TMC Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity
ELECTRICAL NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (W x H) 2 mm. mm 25 x 25 625 25 x 37 925 25 x 50 1250 25 x 62 1550 25 x 75 1875 37 x 37 1369 37 x 50 1850 37 x 62 2294 37 x 75 2775 50 x 50 2500 50 x 75 3750 50 x 100 5000 62 x 37 2294 62 x 62 3844 75 x 50 3750 75 x 62 4650 75 x 75 75 x 100 100 x 50 100 x 62 100 x 75 100 x 100 5625 7500 5000 6200 7500 10000 8 AWG 5.5 THHN 12 18 24 29 36 26 35 44 53 47 71 95 44 73 71 88 107 142 95 118 142 190 10 AWG 3.9 THHN 24 35 47 59 71 52 70 87 105 95 142 189 87 145 142 176 213 284 189 235 284 378 12 AWG 3.1 THHN 37 55 74 92 112 81 110 136 165 149 223 298 136 229 223 277 335 446 298 369 446 595 4.0 MTW 22 33 44 55 67 49 66 81 98 89 133 177 81 136 133 165 200 266 177 220 266 355 2.7 THHN 50 74 100 125 151 110 149 184 223 201 301 402 184 309 301 374 452 603 402 498 603 803 14 AWG 3.5 MTW 29 42 57 71 86 63 85 105 127 115 172 229 105 176 172 213 258 344 229 284 344 458 16 AWG 4.2 MTW 20 30 41 50 61 45 60 75 90 81 122 163 75 125 122 151 183 244 163 202 244 325 2.4 THHN 60 89 120 149 180 132 178 220 267 240 360 481 220 369 360 447 541 721 481 596 721 961 3.2 MTW 35 52 71 88 106 78 105 130 157 142 213 283 130 218 213 264 319 425 283 351 425 567 2.1 THHN 78 116 157 195 235 172 232 288 348 314 471 628 288 483 471 584 706 941 628 778 941 1255 18 AWG 2.9 MTW 43 64 87 108 130 95 128 159 193 173 260 347 159 267 260 323 390 520 347 430 520 694 22 AWG 1.7 MTW 131 194 262 325 393 287 388 481 582 524 786 1048 481 806 786 975 1179 1572 1048 1300 1572 2096 COMMUNICATION 24 AWG 6.4
STP/CM CAT 6
A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
10.7
UTP/CM
5.5
UTP/CM CAT 5e
12 17 24 29 35 26 35 43 52 47 71 94 43 72 71 87 106 141 94 117 141 188
9 13 18 22 27 19 26 33 39 35 53 71 33 54 53 66 80 106 71 88 106 142
3 5 6 8 9 7 9 11 14 12 19 25 11 19 19 23 28 37 25 31 37 50
B3. Stainless Steel
C1. Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
See page C1.43 for wiring duct color and size availability. Not all sizes available for each duct type. Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area. Formula for 50% wirefill = Nominal Area/(1.75 x D2)
PANDUCT Type H & HS Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity

ELECTRICAL 10 NOMINAL 8 AWG AWG DUCT NOMINAL .216 .153 SIZE AREA (W x H) 2 THHN THHN inches in 1.5 x 2 1.5 x 3 2x2 2x3 2x4 3x3 3x4 4x4 3.000 4.500 4.000 6.000 8.000 9.000 12.000 16.000 34 52 46 69 92 104 139 185 69 103 92 138 184 207 277 369 12 AWG .122 .158 THHN 108 163 145 217 290 326 435 581 MTW 64 97 86 129 173 194 259 346 14 AWG .139 MTW 83 125 111 167 223 251 335 447 16 AWG .096 .125 THHN 175 263 234 351 469 527 703 938 MTW 103 155 138 207 276 311 415 553 18 AWG .084 .113 THHN 229 344 306 459 612 689 919 1225 MTW 126 190 169 253 338 380 507 677 22 AWG .065 MTW 383 575 511 767 1023 1151 1535 2047 COMMUNICATION
D1. Terminals
.217
UTP/CM CAT 5e
.105 THHN 147 220 196 294 392 441 588 784
.165 MTW 59 89 79 119 158 178 238 317
24 AWG .250
UTP/CM CAT 6
.422
UTP/CM
34 51 45 68 91 103 137 183
25 38 34 51 69 77 103 138
9 13 12 18 24 27 36 48
E1. Labeling System
Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area. Formula for 50% wirefill = Nominal Area/(1.85 x D2)
E2. Labels
PANDUCT Type FL Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity

ELECTRICAL 10 AWG 12 AWG NOMINAL 3.9 3.1 DUCT SIZE NOMINAL AREA (Wx H) 2 THHN THHN mm mm 12 x 12 25 x 25 50 x 50 144 625 2500 3 12 43 5 19 67
E3. Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.
F. Index
C1.39
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Type NE Wiring Duct Wirefill Capacity

ELECTRICAL COMMUNICATION 16 AWG .096 .125 TFFN 14 27 54 81 109 163 217 122 163 244 326 109 217 326 434 407 163 326 488 651 814 434 651 868 1085 MTW 8 16 32 48 64 96 128 72 96 144 192 64 128 192 256 240 96 192 288 384 480 256 384 512 640 18 AWG .084 .113 TFFN 18 35 71 106 142 213 283 159 213 319 425 142 283 425 567 531 213 425 638 850 1063 567 850 1134 1417 MTW 10 20 39 59 78 117 157 88 117 176 235 78 157 235 313 294 117 235 352 470 587 313 470 627 783 22 AWG .065 MTW 30 59 118 178 237 355 473 266 355 533 710 237 473 710 947 888 355 710 1065 1420 1775 947 1420 1893 2367 24 AWG .250
STP/CM CAT 6
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
C1. Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
NOMINAL DUCT SIZE NOMINAL (W x H) 2 inches AREA in .5 x .5 .250 .5 x 1 .500 1x1 1.000 1 x 1.5 1.500 1x2 2.000 1x3 3.000 1x4 4.000 1.5 x 1.5 2.250 1.5 x 2 3.000 1.5 x 3 4.500 1.5 x 4 6.000 2x1 2.000 2x2 4.000 2x3 6.000 2x4 8.000 2.5 x 3 7.500 3x1 3.000 3x2 6.000 3x3 9.000 3x4 12.000 3x5 15.000 4x2 8.000 4x3 12.000 4x4 16.000 4x5 20.000
8 AWG .216 THHN 3 5 11 16 21 32 43 24 32 48 64 21 43 64 86 80 32 64 96 129 161 86 129 171 214
10 AWG .153 THHN 5 11 21 32 43 64 85 48 64 96 128 43 85 128 171 160 64 128 192 256 320 171 256 342 427
12 AWG .122 .158 THHN 8 17 34 50 67 101 134 76 101 151 202 67 134 202 269 252 101 202 302 403 504 269 403 537 672 MTW 5 10 20 30 40 60 80 45 60 90 120 40 80 120 160 150 60 120 180 240 300 160 240 320 401
.105 THHN 11 23 45 68 91 136 181 102 136 204 272 91 181 272 363 340 136 272 408 544 680 363 544 726 907
14 AWG .139 MTW 6 13 26 39 52 78 104 58 78 116 155 52 104 155 207 194 78 155 233 311 388 207 311 414 518
.165 MTW 5 9 18 28 37 55 73 41 55 83 110 37 73 110 147 138 55 110 165 220 275 147 220 294 367
.217
UTP/CM CAT 5e
.422
UTP/CM
3 5 11 16 21 32 42 24 32 48 64 21 42 64 85 80 32 64 96 127 159 85 127 170 212
2 4 8 12 16 24 32 18 24 36 48 16 32 48 64 60 24 48 72 96 120 64 96 128 160
1 1 3 4 6 8 11 6 8 13 17 6 11 17 22 21 8 17 25 34 42 22 34 45 56
Wirefill is based on 50% cross-sectional area.
D1. Terminals
Formula used to calculate fill capacity:

See page C1.41 for explanation of wirefill formula.
Number of Wires =
Duct W x H 2.00 x (Wire O.D.)2
E1. Labeling System
Formula to approximate wiring duct size needed:

Wire O.D. for multiple wire types: Wire O.D. =
1. Determine the number of wires the duct will need to contain. 2. Determine the wire outside diameter (for multiple wires see formula at left. 3. Calculate the necessary wirefill comparison area using the following formula: Wirefill Comparison Area = Number of Wires x [2 x (Wire O.D.)2]
Example: Wirefill Comparison Area = 59 x [2 x (.107) ] = 59 x .020 = 1.357
2
(Number of Wires x Wire O.D.)

Number of Wires = = = = 2.475 1.820 2.000 6.295
E2. Labels
E3. Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers
Example: 15 wires with .165" O.D = 15 x .165 28 wires with .065" O.D. = 285 x .065 16 wires with .125" O.D. = 16 x .125 59 total wires : 59 = Wire O.D. 6.295 =
4. Choose a Duct with W x H equal to or greater than the result from step 3. > Area of Selected Duct = Calculated Wirefill Comparison Area
Example: For Duct Size .75" x 1.5" Duct Area = .75 x 1.5 = 1.125 sq. in. (No good 1.125 < 1.1357 For Duct Size 1.5" x 1" Duct Area = 1.5 x 1 = 1.1500 sq. in. (Good 1.500 > 1.357)
.107
In the above example 1" x 1.5" duct or larger could also be used.
F. Index
C1.40
Wirefill Formula (Flush cover duct Types G, F, FS, D, H, HS, MC, NNC & TMC)
General Formula
PANDUIT Wiring Duct wirefills are calculated using the following general formula:
A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
Why use a 50% Wirefill?

As specified in NFPA79-2002 section 14.5.2, Percentage Fills of Raceways (Ducts), a 50% wirefill is given as the maximum wirefill capacity in all PANDUIT Wiring Ducts. This helps ensure general safe wiring practices are followed. In actual practice, a 50% wirefill is the maximum amount of wiring the duct can hold given the additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing and cable packing factors.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
What is the Usable Duct Area?

The usable area we define as the calculation of internal area that can be occupied by wires or cables. Calculation of Internal Area
Since we use the outer channel dimensions in our calculation we make an adjustment in our formula for the thickness of material and for design elements that extend inside the channel.
Air Space Allotment

In our wirefill formula an adjustment is made to the channel internal area to account for unusable air space that will be present between cables when placed in the channel. Our formula assumes a uniform close packed or high-density cable arrangement (see diagram) (Note 1).
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
Considering these factors the usable duct area is equal to an average of 90% of the nominal area, or (W x H) x .90.
Wire Area
The wire area formula is converted to allow calculation using the cable diameter:
E1. Labeling System
Formula Derivation
Inserting the elements from above into the general formula results in the following: Simplifying this formula results in the formula used for wire fill calculation (Note 2):
E2. Labels
NOTE: When calculating wirefill capacity using the above formula, variables W, H and D must be expressed in same units (i.e. mm or inches).
1 This calculation does not account for additional airspace created between cables by non-uniform cable shapes, cable interlacing and cable packing factors. 2 The resulting formula is used for all PANDUIT Flush Cover Ducts, this excludes Type NE duct which has a different profile design that results in a 2 2 divisor of 2.0 x D (rather than 1.75 x D as shown here) and Type H and HS Wiring Duct with a profile design that results in a divisor of 1.85 x D 2.
F. Index
C1.41
A. System Overview
PANDUCT Wiring Duct and Raceway Material Specifications

HALOGEN FREE MODIFIED PPO (NNC) 1.09 215 3.8 1.3 V-0 513 30 N/A N/A 116 7,700 350,000 11,500 340,000 LOW SMOKE/ LOW NORYL POLYPROPYLENE TOXICITY (NE) (FL) (TMC) 1.08 212 3.8 1.1 V-1 782 30 N/A 85 115 6,900 380,000 11,400 365,000 .95 117 N/A N/A V-2 N/A 25 N/A N/A N/A 3,770 172,000 4,350 181,250 1.56 222 3.8 N/A V-0 92 58 49.3 N/A 118 6,600 316,000 11,900 317,000
B1.Cable Ties
PROPERTIES
UNITS g/cc F 10-5 in/in/F (BTU-in/hr-ft )F kW/m2 D R psi psi psi psi
2
TEST METHOD ASTM D 792 ASTM D 648 ASTM D 696 ASTM C 177 UL94 ASTM E 662 ASTM D 2863 ASTM E 1354 ASTM D 2240 ASTM D 785 ASTM D 638 ASTM D 638 ASTM D 790 ASTM D 790 ASTM D 256
LEADFREE PVC 1.45 156 3.7 1.3 V-0 538 35 N/A 78 111 6,200 390,000 8,700 325,000
GENERAL
Specific Gravity Heat Deflection Temperature @264 psi Thermal Expansion Thermal Conductivity
B3. Stainless Steel
BURNING CHARACTERISTICS
Flammability Class Smoke Density @ 4 Minutes Limited Oxygen Index (LOI) Peak Heat Release Rate
C1.Wiring Duct
HARDNESS
Durometer Hardness Rockwell Hardness
C2. Surface Raceway
TENSILE
Strength at Yield Modulus
FLEXURAL
Strength at Yield Modulus
IMPACT STRENGTH
Notched Izod (.125'') 23C (73F) 0C (32F)
ft-lb/in ft-lb/in ASTM D 150 ASTM D 150 volts/mil volts/mil ASTM D 149 IEC 243-1
4.0 1.6
5.0 2.0
5.0 N/A
1.80 N/A
3.0 N/A
ELECTRICAL PROPERTIES
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
Power Factor: 60 Hz @30C (86F) 1 MHz @30C (86F) Dielectric Constant: 60 Hz @30C (86F) 1 MHz @30C (86F) Dielectric Strength: Normal Moist
2.90 4.00 3.90 3.30 690 700
N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
N/A N/A 2.65 N/A 400 N/A
Note: To the best of our knowledge the above information is accurate. PANDUIT assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this information.
E2. Labels
Rigid Polyvinyl Chloride (PVC)

A general purpose material for use in indoor applications. PVC has a UL flammability rating of V-0 and is UL94 Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 122F (50C). PVC is an economical wiring duct material.
Halogen Free (Modified PPO)

A special purpose material for use in halogen free or high temperature applications. Modified PPO has a UL94 flammability rating of V-0 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 203F (95C), and is 20% lighter than PVC.
NORYL* Halogen Free

A special purpose material for use in halogen free or high temperature applications. NORYL* has a UL94 flammability rating of V-1 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 203F (95C), and is 20% lighter than PVC.
Polypropylene
A flexible material with a UL94 flammability rating of V-2 and that is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 149F (65C).
Low Smoke/ Low Toxicity

A special purpose material for use where low smoke, low toxicity and low flammability characteristics are critical. Ideally suited for transportation industry regulations. Low smoke/ low toxicity has a UL94 flammability rating of V-0 and is UL Recognized for continuous use temperatures up to 176F (80C).
F. Index
C1.42
PANDUCT Wiring Duct and Raceway Color and Size Selection
A. System Overview
Duct Size WxH (inches) .5 x .5 .5 x 1 .5 x 2 .5 x 4 .75 x .75 .75 x 1 .75 x 1.5 .75 x 2 1x1 1 x 1.5 1x2 1 x 2.5 1x3 1x4 1.5 x 1 1.5 x 1.5 1.5 x 2 1.5 x 2.5 1.5 x 3 1.5 x 4 2x1 2 x 1.5 2x2 2x3 2x4 2x5 2.5 x 1.5 2.5 x 2.5 2.5 x 3 3x1 3x2 3 x 2.5 3x3 3x4 3x5 4 x 1.5 4x2 4 x 2.5 4x3 4x4 4x5 6x4 G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G F FS F FS
LG Light Gray G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G G F FS F
WH White NE NE
DG Dark Gray
BL Black
IB Intrinsic Blue*
BR Beige
IG International B1.Cable Ties Gray

F FS F F FS F F NE NE NE NNC25X25 NNC25X37 NNC25X50 NNC25X75 G G G G G G FS G G D G G D D TMC37X37 G TMC25X37 G MC25X25 MC25X37 MC25X50 MC25X62 MC25X75
F FS F F FS F FS F FS D F F F F F F F F F F F F F FS D FS D FS FS FS D H HS FS D D FS FS FS D FS D FS D H HS NNC25X25 NNC25X37 NNC25X50 NNC25X75
B3. Stainless Steel
NNC37X37 NNC37X50 NNC37X75
F D NE D NE F F FS F FS NE F NE F F F F F F F F D NE D NE FS NE FS FS D NE FS D NE D NE
C1.Wiring Duct
H H
NNC37X37 HS NNC37X50 HS NNC37X75
G G G
G FS G D H G G G D H D
MC37X37 MC37X50 MC37X62 MC37X75
C2. Surface Raceway
H HS NNC50X50 H HS NNC50X75 H HS NNC50X100
H H H
HS NNC50X50 HS NNC50X75 HS NNC50X10
G G FS G FS D H HS G G D H G G D H G
G G
TMC50X50
MC50X50 MC50X75 MC50X100 MC62X37 MC62X62
G D G F FS G F FS D G G G G G F FS D H HS NNC75X75 F FS D H HS F FS FS F FS D NNC100X50
G G F FS G F FS G G G G G
NE NE NE H H HS NNC75X75 HS
G G G FS G G TMC75X50 TMC75X75 MC75X50 MC75X62 MC75X75 MC75X100
D1.Terminals
F FS D NE F FS D NE F FS NE F FS NE
NNC100X5 NNC100X7 HS NNC100X1
G FS G FS D H G G D H G G G D G G G FS G FS D H HS G G G
G F FS D NNC100X75 G F FS D H HS NNC100X10 G F FS G FS
G F FS NE G F FS D NE G F NE G
TMC100X50 MC100X50 MC100X62 TMC100X75 MC100X75 MC100X10
E1. Labeling System
*Intrinsic Blue Color IB

Intrinsic Blue wiring duct is made from the same lead-free PVC material as our standard PVC duct. Intrinsic Blue is an internationally recognized standard blue color that identifies the wiring duct as incapable of releasing sufficient electrical or thermal energy under normal or abnormal conditions to cause ignition of a specific hazardous atmospheric mixture in its most easily ignited concentrations. *ISA-RD12.6 (Instrument Society of America)
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.43
A. System Overview
Installation Tips:
Application of Latex Paint on PANDUCT Wiring Duct
The following is recommended to properly prepare the surface of the wiring duct/raceway and covers for the best adhesion of latex paint: 1. Clean surface with mild soap and water solution or mineral spirits with a clean lint free towel. Allow to dry.
B1.Cable Ties
2. Using a sanding pad (such as synthetic stripping pad or medium/fine steel wool), slightly roughen the surface to be painted. 3. Apply a coat of all-purpose 100% Acrylic primer and allow to dry. 4. Apply the desired topcoat of latex paint and allow to dry. 5. Install the wiring duct/raceway and covers.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Cutting Wiring Duct and Cover

For small quantities, use the DCT Duct Cutting Tool on page C1.30. For larger quantities use a miter cutting saw blade for clean burr-free cuts. Recommended blade: Carbide 80T or 100T; .90" thickness, .125 kerf.
C2. Surface Raceway
Recommended Precaution when Using Type NNC and NE Wiring Duct

Cleaning solvents and cutting fluids that contain any of the following chemical agents should not come in contact with Type NNC or Type NE wiring duct. These chemicals are known to cause stress cracking in the halogen free PPO material. Hydrocarbons Phenols
Ketones Amines Ethers
D1.Terminals
Organic, Inorganic and Oxidizing Acids Petrol

Note: PANDUIT assumes no liability for the accuracy or completeness of this list.
Part Number System for Wiring Duct

E1. Labeling System
G
E2. Labels
.5
Nominal Width
.5
Nominal Height In. or mm
LG
Color
6
Length
-A
A = Adhesive Backed = Without Adhesive (leave blank) NM = No Mounting Holes
Type G
= Wide Finger In. or mm Flush Design F = Narrow Finger Flush Design FS = Solid Wall Flush Design H = Wide Finger Hinged Design HS = Solid Wall Hinged Design D = Round Hole Flush Design NNC = Halogen Free Design NE = NORYL* Wide Finger Design MC = Metric Narrow Finger Design TMC = Low Smoke Metric Design
ft. or M LG = Light Gray DG = Dark Gray WH = White BL = Black IB = Intrinsic Blue BR = Beige IG = International Grey
F. Index
C1.44
PANDUIT Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances
A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
Logo (Symbol)
Agency Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Canadian Standards Association
Spec/Approval File No. E147128
Requirement UL Standard 1565 Positioning Devices. CSA Standard C22.2 No.18.5-02 Positioning Devices. ENC50085 cable trunking system and cable ducting systems for electrical installations Requirement This European standard specifies dimensions for slotted trunkings that will be used in electrical switchgear assemblies and that conform to the corresponding requirements in DIN VDE 060 Part 506. The dimensions specified with the standard include: The channel mounting hole pattern, slot dimensions, pitch and location The distance from the first to last like size mounting hole Minimum overall product length Nonmetallic ducts shall be permitted (inside enclosures) only when they are made with a flame retardant material. Flame-retardant material is defined in the standard by the IEC 60332-1 test method.
Applicable Products All types of Wiring Duct

File No. 016446, 210335 LVD 73/23/EEC Attended by 93/68/EEC Complies with:
All types of Wiring Duct Wiring Duct Types: H, HS, G, F, D, MC, FS, NNC, TMC and NE Applicable Products
B3. Stainless Steel
Conformite European Logo (Symbol)
C1.Wiring Duct
Agency
C2. Surface Raceway
DIN (Deutsches Institut fur Normung), German Institute for Standardization
DIN 43 659
Wiring Duct Types: MC, TMC and NNC
NFPA 79-2002, section 14.3.1
Wiring Duct Types: H, G, F, D, MC, NNC and TMC

D1.Terminals
National Fire Protection Agency
NFPA 79-2002, section 14.5.2
PANDUIT Wiring Duct publishes a maximum percentage wire fill for common wire types equal to 50 percent of the interior cross-sectional area of the duct.
Wiring Duct Types: H, G, F, FS, D, MC, NNC and TMC
NFPA 79-2002, section 14.1.4.9
PANDUIT bend radius control accessories can be mounted at right angle and tee Duct Corner Strip with 1" junctions created using wiring duct in order Bend Radius Control to maintain cable bend radius control.
Performance Criteria for the Flammability and Smoke Emission Characteristics of Materials used in Fixed Guideway Vehicles and Passenger Rail Cars. An insulating barrier (divider wall) shall be manufactured from an insulating material exhibiting minimum properties including High Current Arc Resistance to ignition (HAI), Hot Wire Ignition (HWI), Comparative Tracking Index (CTI), electrical Relative Thermal Index (RTI) and flame class.
NFPA 130, 2003 edition
E1. Labeling System
Type TMC Wiring Duct
E2. Labels
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
UL508, section 15
PVC Divider Wall

F. Index
C1.45
A. System Overview
PANDUIT Wiring Duct Approvals and Compliances (continued)

B1.Cable Ties
Logo (Symbol)
Description
Spec/Approval
Requirement Material is rated for a continuous use temperature above 167F (75C). Material contains no fluorine, bromide or chlorine and will not emit any corrosive or toxic gases when burned, confirmed using IEC 60754-2 test method. Per UL standard, material is self-extinguishing and has excellent fire resistance. Per ASTM test method and NFPA 130 Standard, material exceeds the requirements for low smoke generating material. Per the Boeing and Airbus test standards, material exceeds the requirements for low levels of toxic gas release.
Applicable Products Wiring Duct Types: NE, NNC and NNC
Elevated Temperature
PANDUIT logo
Halogen Free IEC 60754-2

B3. Stainless Steel
PANDUIT logo
Wiring Duct Types: NE and NNC
Low Flammability UL94V-0

C1.Wiring Duct
PANDUIT logo
Wiring Duct Types: NNC, TMC and all PVC wiring duct
Low Smoke ASTM E 662
PANDUIT logo
Wiring Duct Type TMC
C2. Surface Raceway
Low Toxicity Boeing and Airbus BSS-7239, ATS 1000.1
PANDUIT logo
Wiring Duct Types: NNC and TMC
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.46
A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT ROUTING SYSTEM

PANDUIT provides leading solutions for cable routing. These routing products are compatible with our cable management solutions increasing your ability to maintain an orderly and clean work environment, implement quick and easy moves, adds and changes and maintain the integrity of your fiber and copper cabling plant in order to maximize long-term performance.
B3. Stainless Steel
Two system sizes available: 4x4 and 2x2 Minimum 2" (50.8mm) bend radius fittings protect against signal loss due to excessive cable bends Snap-on non-slip covers Compatible with PANDUIT FIBERRUNNER 12x4, 6x4, 4x4 and 2x2 Routing Systems
C2. Surface Raceway C1.Wiring Duct
The 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing Systems are comprised of channel, fittings and brackets designed to segregate, route and protect fiber optic and copper cabling to and between racks within the telecommunications room.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.47
A. System Overview
2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing Systems Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
7 6 5 10 8 4 3 12 9 11
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
14
2 13
D1.Terminals
FIBER-DUCT Mounting Brackets
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System
New Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System
Under-Floor Pedestal Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System
Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" Ladder Rack
F. Index
Ladder Rack Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System
L Wall Mount Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System
Strut Metal Framing Bracket
Adjustable Z Bracket
Top Rail of Rack Support Bracket
C1.48
A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
1 Coupler Fitting (see page C1.50) 2 End Cap Fitting (see page C1.51)
B3. Stainless Steel
3 Four Way Cross Fitting (see page C1.51)

C1.Wiring Duct
4 Inside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.51)
5 Outside Vertical Right Angle (see page C1.51)
C2. Surface Raceway
6 Inside Vertical 45 Angle (see page C1.51)
7 Outside Vertical 45 Angle (see page C1.51)
8 Horizontal Tee Fitting (see page C1.51) 9

Vertical Tee Fitting (see page C1.52)
D1.Terminals
10 Horizontal Right Angle Fitting (see page C1.50)

E1. Labeling System
11 Reducer Fitting (see page C1.51)

E2. Labels
12 FIBER-DUCT Channel (see page C1.50)
13 FIBER-DUCT Slotted Channel (see page C1.50)
14
Bend Radius Control Trumpet (see page C1.53)
F. Index
C1.49
A. System Overview
2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing Systems

B1.Cable Ties
Channel, covers, fittings and other non-metallic system components made from V-0 flame class rated material Snap on non-slip covers
Compatible with PANDUIT FIBERRUNNER 2x2, 4x4, 6x4 and 12x4 Routing Systems
Part Number
Part Description Used to carry the cables throughout the FIBER-DUCT Routing System. Accepts cover C2YL6. Cover sold separately. Used to carry the cables throughout the FIBER-DUCT Routing System. Accepts cover C4YL6. Cover sold separately. Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts cover C2YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately. Used to carry the cables vertically to the front or the back of equipment racks throughout the system. Accepts cover C4YL6. Extra supports required when used in horizontal applications. Cover sold separately.
System Size 2x2
FIBER-DUCT Channel
S2X2YL6NM
B3. Stainless Steel
S2X2 S4X4 S4X4YL6NM
4x4
60
C1.Wiring Duct
FIBER-DUCT Slotted Channel

E2X2YL6 2x2 6 120
C2. Surface Raceway
E2X2 E4X4
E4X4YL6
4x4
60
FIBER-DUCT Cover
C2YL6
Cover for FIBER-DUCT channel and FIBER-DUCT slotted channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement. Cover for FIBER-DUCT channel and FIBER-DUCT slotted channel. Non-slip cover design incorporates integral high friction lining to inhibit cover movement.
2x2
120
C4YL6 C2 C4
4x4
120
D1.Terminals
NOTE: Available with mounting holes. To order, delete NM from the part number. For fastest installation use NR2WH-L or NR4BL-L Snap Rivets. For other colors replace YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Order number of feet required, in multiples of standard 6' length increments.
E1. Labeling System
FIBER-DUCT System Fittings

System Size Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
Part Number
E2. Labels
Part Description
FCF2X2 FCF4X4
Coupler Fitting
FCF2X2YL FCF4X4YL Used to join two sections of duct together. FIBER-DUCT coupler is not required at each fitting connection. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
Horizontal Right Angle Fitting

FRA2X2 FRA4X4 FRA2X2YL FRA4X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal turn from a straight horizontal run. Cover included. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
F. Index
C1.50
A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT System Fittings (continued)

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
Part Description
System Size
Horizontal Tee Fitting

FT2X2 FT4X4 FT2X2YL FT4X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 horizontal branch from a straight horizontal run. Cover included. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
Four Way Cross Fitting

FFWC2X2YL FFWC2X2 FFWC4X4 FFWC4X4YL Attaches to channel to create a horizontal four way cross intersection. Cover included. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
B3. Stainless Steel
End Cap Fitting

FEC2X2YL FEC4X4YL Used for closing off open ends of the channel. No coupler required. Push-on installation. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
FEC2X2 FEC4X4
Inside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting

FIV452X2YL FIV454X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 upward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 45 angle fitting FOV452X2YL or FOV454X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
FIV452X2 FIV454X4
Outside Vertical 45 Angle Fitting

FOV452X2YL FOV454X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 45 downward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 45 angle fitting FIV452X2YL or FIV454X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
FOV452X2 FOV454X4
Inside Vertical Right Angle Fitting

FIVRA2X2YL FIVRA4X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 upward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with outside vertical 90 angle fitting FOVRA2X2YL or FOVRA4X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5
D1.Terminals
FIVRA2X2 FIVRA4X4
Outside Vertical Right Angle Fitting

FOVRA2X2YL FOVRA4X4YL Attaches to channel to create a 90 downward angle from a straight horizontal run. Used with inside vertical 90 angle fitting FIVRA2X2YL or FIVRA4X4YL to change level of straight horizontal runs. Cover included. 2x2 4x4 1 1 5 5
E1. Labeling System
4x4 to 2x2 FIBER-DUCT Reducer Fitting

FOVRA2X2 FOVRA4X4 FRF42YL Joins any 4x4 FIBER-DUCT fitting to the 2x2 FIBER-DUCT channel, S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6. Includes cover. 2x2 4x4 1 5
E2. Labels
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black). Fittings include 5/16" assembly holes for fast mechanical fastening.
FRF42
F. Index
C1.51
A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT Spillouts
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
Part Description
System Size
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty.
2x2 Vertical Tee

FVTHD2X2 FVTHD2X2YL Attaches to 2x2 channel to create a 90 vertical drop from a horizontal run. Hinged door included. Accepts channel cover in conjunction with channel. Use QUIKLOCK coupler FBC2X2YL with HS2X2YL6 or H2X2YL6 channels. Use snap rivets NR2WH-L or bolts F14PN-L with S2X2YL6 or E2X2YL6 channels. Also accepts FIDT2X2YL. 2x2 1 5
B3. Stainless Steel
FTR2X2
C1.Wiring Duct
3-Sided BRC Trumpet Spillout for 2x2 Exit

FTR2X2YL Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a FIBERRUNNER spill-over fitting FRSPYL or from 2x2 FIBER-DUCT channel. 2x2 1 5
1-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing

C2. Surface Raceway
FIDT2X2YL FIDT2X2
Used to route cable into one piece of 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FIBERRUNNER spill-over fitting FRSPYL, 2x2 FIBER-DUCT fittings and the 2x2 FIBERRUNNER hinged channel. Securely holds split corrugated tubing to ensure system integrity and easy access to add or remove cables.
2x2
4x4 Vertical Tee

FVT4X4
FVT4X4YL
Attaches to channel to create a 90 vertical drop from a horizontal run. Accepts FIDT4X4BL, FTR4X4YL, S4X4YL6 or E4X4YL6 directly.
4x4
3-Sided Vertical Tee Trumpet Spillout

FTR4X4YL
D1.Terminals
FTR4X4
Used to limit the bend radius of the cable to 2" (50.8mm) when exiting from a 4x4 or 6x4 FIBERRUNNER vertical tee and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT fittings.
4x4
2-Port Spillout to 1.5" (38mm) Inside Diameter Corrugated Tubing

FIDT4X4BL
E1. Labeling System
Used to route cable into one or two pieces of 1.5" (38mm) diameter split corrugated tubing. Used with FRVT6X4YL, FRVT4X4YL or FVT4X4YL. Securely holds corrugated split tubing to ensure system integrity and easy access to add or remove cables. Black color only.
4x4
FIDT4X4BL
For other colors replace suffix YL (Yellow) with OR (Orange) or BL (Black).
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.52
A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT Bend Radius Control Trumpets

Provides method to transition cabling into rack system Maintains 1" (25.4mm) bend radius control
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
TRC2BL
Part Description Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall of 2" wall heights of Type E FIBER-DUCT channels.
System Size 2x2
TRC2BL
TRC4BL
Bend radius control trumpet for exiting at the sidewall of 4" wall heights of Type E FIBER-DUCT channels.
4x4
10
B3. Stainless Steel
TRC4BL
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
FIBER-DUCT Accessories
System Size 2x2 Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 1 10
Part Number FITF2X2 FITF2X2 FITF4X4A
Part Description Provides transition from 2x2 FIBER-DUCT Routing System to 3/4" (19mm) or 1" (25.4mm) inner duct. Provides transition from 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing System to two pieces of 1" (25.4mm) inner duct. Provides transition from 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing System to two pieces of 1 1/4" (31.8mm) inner duct.
Innerduct Transition Fitting 2x2 Size


FITF4X4A 4x4 1 10
D1.Terminals

FITF4X4B FITF4X4B NR2WH - L NR4BL - L 4x4 1 10
Snap Rivets
NR2WH-L NR4BL-L Snap rivet fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. Snap rivet mounts flush to surfaces. 1/4" plastic bolts and wing nuts fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. 1/4" plastic bolts and hex nuts fastens channel and fittings together for added strength and rigidity. Snap bracket enables the FIBER-DUCT channel to be quickly and securely mounted. Contains all hardware for assembly to any FIBER-DUCT bracket.
2x2 4x4
50 50
500 500
Plastic Bolts and Nuts

F14PWN-L F14PWN-L F14PN - L F14PN-L 2x2 4x4 2x2 4x4 2x2 4x4 50 50 500 500
E1. Labeling System
Snap Bracket Clip

FBB2-X FBB4-X FBB 10 10 100 100
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.53
A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT Mounting Brackets

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number FTRBE12 FTRBE58 FTRBE12M

B3. Stainless Steel
Part Description Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Systems from existing threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two split nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
Std. Std. For Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Rod Size Qty. Qty. 1/2" 5/8" 12mm 1 1 1 10 10 10
Existing Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System

FTRBE12, FTRBE58 FTRBE12M
New Threaded Rod Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System

FTRBN12 FTRBN12, FTRBN58 FTRBN12M FTRBN58 FTRBN12M Used for supporting the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Systems from new threaded rod installations. Bracket is secured to threaded rod with two nuts. Contains hardware for attaching to threaded rods and hardware for mounting channel to bracket. 1/2" 5/8" 12mm 1 1 1 10 10 10
C1.Wiring Duct
Under-Floor Pedestal for FIBER-DUCT System

FUSB
C2. Surface Raceway
FUSB
Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Systems by attaching to under floor pedestal (not included). Use on pedestals up to 1" in diameter. Bracket contains hardware to attach to pedestal and hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
10
Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" Ladder Rack

FLB12X15 FLB12X15 FLB58X15 FLB12X20 FLB58X20 FLB58X15
Bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack.
1/2" 5/8"
1 1
10 10
Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 2" Ladder Rack

FLB12X20 FLB58X20 Bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket accepts threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack. 1/2" 5/8" 1 1 10 10
D1.Terminals
Ladder Rack Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System

FLRB FLRB Used to support the 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Systems attaching directly to any 3/8" (9.5mm) x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. No threaded rod required. Contains hardware for mounting channel to bracket. 1 10
L Wall Mount Bracket for FIBER-DUCT System

FLB
E1. Labeling System
FLB
Used to support 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Systems by attaching to a wall or the front or back of an equipment rack. Contains hardware for mounting channel to bracket.
10
Strut Metal Framing Bracket

E2. Labels
FTRB12 FTRB12 FTRB58 FTRB58
Bracket attaches to strut metal framing. Contains bracket and hardware for attaching threaded rod to metal framing. Bracket used to offset FIBER-DUCT System from mounting surface, adjustable from 1.5" (38mm) to 4" (101mm). Typically used on the front of an equipment rack.
1/2" 5/8"
1 1
10 10
Adjustable Z Bracket
FZBA1.5X4
10
FZBA1.5X4
F. Index
C1.54
A. System Overview
FIBER-DUCT Mounting Brackets (continued)

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number FMRB
Part Description Bracket attaches to top rail of equipment rack for added support in a vertical direction. Contains hardware for attaching bracket to an EIA/TIA rack and for mounting channel to bracket.
Std. Std. For Threaded Pkg. Ctn. Rod Size Qty. Qty. 1 10
Top Rail of Rack Support Bracket
FMRB
EIA/TIA Threaded Rod Mounting Bracket

FEIAB58 Bracket consists of two identical components that clamp onto the crossmembers of standard EIA/TIA racks and are secured with standard hex nuts and split lockwashers (included) tightened onto a length of 5/8" diameter threaded rod (not included). The threaded rod is positioned in the center of the brackets providing a vertical threaded rod stud to mount FIBERRUNNER and FIBER-DUCT threaded rod mounting brackets onto. 5/8" 1 10
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
FEIAB58
Two Piece Ladder Rack Bracket for Attaching Threaded Rod to 1 1/2" 2" Ladder Rack
F2PCLB12 F2PCLB58 F2PCLB12M F2PCLB12 F2PCLB58 F2PCLB12M F2PCLB58M F2PCLB58M Two piece bracket attaches to 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 1 1/2" (38.1mm) or 3/8" (9.5mm) wide x 2" (50.8mm) ladder rack rail. Bracket halves slide into position and clamp together on the ladder rack rail, which allows for a one-handed assembly of the threaded rod (not included). Contains bracket and hardware for attaching bracket to ladder rack. 1/2" 5/8" 12mm 16mm 1 1 1 1 10 10 10 10
C2. Surface Raceway
Two-Piece Framing Clip for Attaching 5/8" Threaded Rod to 2" x 9/16" C-Channel Auxiliary Framing Bars
FRAFC58 Two-piece framing clip attaches to auxiliary framing bars. Framing clip halves slide into position and interlock on the auxiliary framing bars, allowing easier assembly of the threaded rod to bars. Contains two-piece framing clip and hardware for attaching framing clip to auxiliary framing bars. (5/8" threaded rod not included.) 5/8" 1 10
D1.Terminals
FRAFC58
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.55
A. System Overview
Cable Fills for 2x2 and 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Cable Routing System
The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable fill installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B1.Cable Ties
2.25" (57.1mm) 2x2 FIBER-DUCT Routing System Diameter 1.6mm .063" 449 561 674 Diameter 2.0mm .079" 286 357 428 Diameter 3.0mm .118" 128 160 192 CAT 6 Diameter 6.35mm .25" 29 36 43 CAT 5e Diameter 4.9mm .193" 48 60 72

A=3.5in (2258mm2)
2
Fill/Pile Up
H
Internal Area in2 3.5 3.5 3.5
2.10" (53.3mm)
40% Fill
2" Pile Up
B3. Stainless Steel
50% Fill
2" Pile Up
60% Fill
2" Pile Up 4.25" (107.9mm) 4x4 FIBER-DUCT Routing System Diameter 1.6mm .063" 975 1450 1873 1219 1812 2342 Diameter 2.0mm .079" 620 922 1191 775 1153 1489 Diameter 3.0mm .118" 278 413 534 347 517 668 CAT 6 Diameter 6.35mm .25" 62 92 119 77 115 149 CAT 5e Diameter 4.9mm .193" 104 155 200 130 193 250
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A=14.6in2 (9419mm2)
4.10" (104.1mm)
Fill/Pile Up
Internal Area in2 7.60 11.30 14.60 7.60 11.30 14.60
40% Fill
2" Pile Up 3" Pile Up 4" Pile Up
50% Fill
2" Pile Up 3" Pile Up 4" Pile Up
60% Fill
2" Pile Up 7.60 1463 930 417 93 156 3" Pile Up 11.30 2175 1383 620 138 232 4" Pile Up 14.60 2810 1787 801 178 299 Channel cutting instructions: For optimum results, use FRCUT miter box and saw. For larger quantities use a plastic cutting saw blade for clean, burr-free cuts. Recommend: Carbide 80T or 100T; .090" thickness, .125" kerf.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.56
A. System Overview
Notes
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C1.57
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY Non-Metallic Surface Raceways provide maximum flexibility for routing, protecting, concealing and terminating high performance copper, voice, video, fiber optic and power cabling. PANDUIT surface raceways are designed with attention to function and aesthetics to blend with any dcor. PANDUIT surface raceway systems include transition fittings that facilitate seamless integration of one PANDUIT surface raceway system to another. PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems work with all PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules for complete connectivity possibilities.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Aesthetically pleasing Lightweight
C2. Surface Raceway
Tamper resistant Bend radius control Resists dents and conceals scratches and chips
Ease of modifications and additions Lowest installed cost
D1.Terminals
PANDUIT surface raceway provides a variety of choices when selecting data and electrical terminations. All PANDUIT surface raceways include a full complement of fittings that are designed to maintain the proper bend radius control required for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems.All of the raceways accept either NEMA 70mm standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates. PANDUIT surface raceway systems work with all PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules, for complete connectivity possibilities.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.0
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY
PAN-WAY Office Furniture Raceway is a one-piece single channel system designed to route data cabling along the top of office furniture partitions. Outlets can be positioned at any point along the partition at desk level or in the corner at the intersection of two partitions. Office Furniture Raceway has a tamper resistant closure design, which protects sensitive cabling from accidental damage and discourages unauthorized access, yet the system is accessible by a qualified installer for moves, adds and changes.
B1.Cable Ties
Designed for desktop terminations which utilize the typically unused area of the cubicle Fittings meet TIA/EIA bend radius requirements preventing cable performance degradation, yet maintain original aesthetic squared corner styling of furniture Designed to work with major office furniture manufacturers panels (such as Steelcase, Herman Miller and others) Robust design includes a one-piece hinge and tamper resistant closure design which increases product stability and reduces inadvertent or unauthorized access to data cabling Designed for use with PANDUIT connectivity; also accepts common manufacturers connectivity with use of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame
The system includes a full complement of fittings, accessories, and termination options. PAN-WAY Office Furniture Raceway is available in four popular colors to blend with most office furniture systems and creates a virtually invisible cost effective routing solution.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.1
A. System Overview
Office Furniture Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
M
B3. Stainless Steel
N D P 1 S O R Q
T
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
G
See exploded view 2 pg. C2.5
F V A
D1.Terminals
NOTE: Office Furniture Raceway is designed to blend with its environment. Shown in White on Office Slate furniture for illustration purposes only.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.2
A. System Overview
OFR20**6 Office Furniture Raceway (page C2.6)
OFR20MPT** Mid Panel Tee Fitting (page C2.8)
B1.Cable Ties
OFCR70**6 Corner Raceway Base (page C2.6)
OFR20WE** Wall Entrance Fitting (page C2.8)
OFCRC70**6 Corner Raceway Cover (page C2.6)
OFR20RA** Right Angle Fitting (page C2.8)
B3. Stainless Steel
OFVR5**6 Vertical Raceway (page C2.6)
OFR20T** Tee Fitting (page C2.8)
C1.Wiring Duct
OFR20CP**8 Communication Pole (page C2.6)
OFR20CR** Cross Fitting (page C2.8)
C2. Surface Raceway
OFR20OFCR70**4 Four Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)
OFR20IC** Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.8)
OFR20OFCR70**2 Two Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)
OFR20OC** Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.8)

D1.Terminals
OFR20OFCR70**1 One Cubicle Drop Fitting (page C2.7)
OFR20CC** Coupler Fitting (page C2.8)

OFCR70EC** Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting (page C2.8)
OFR20EC** End Cap Fitting (page C2.9)
E1. Labeling System
OFR20SO** Spill Over Fitting (page C2.8)
OF70FV4** Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.9)
E2. Labels
OFR20DMB** Desk Mount Box (page C2.8)
OF70FH4** Horizontal Sloped Communication Snap-on Faceplate (page C2.9)
F. Index
C2.3
A. System Overview
Office Furniture Configurations

B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required A. OFR20OFCR70**4 = Four Cubicle Drop Fitting. OFCR70**6 = Corner Raceway Base. OFCR70EC = Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting. OF70FV4 = Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate. See page C2.7 C2.6 C2.7 C2.8
B. C. D.
B3. Stainless Steel
E. F.
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.

OFCRC70**6 = Corner Raceway Cover.
C2.6
C1.Wiring Duct
A
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
F
E1. Labeling System
E B D
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.4
A. System Overview
Office Furniture Configurations (continued)

Exploded view 2
Components Required A. B. C. D. E. OFR20SO** = Spill Over Fitting. OFVR5**6 = Vertical Raceway. OFR20DMB = Desk Mount Box. See page C2.7 C2.6 C2.7 C2.8
B3. Stainless Steel B2. Cable Accessories B1.Cable Ties
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules.3

OF70FH4** = Horizontal Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
C
E2. Labels
D E
F. Index
C2.5
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Office Furniture Raceway System

B1.Cable Ties
UL listed in accordance with UL-5C requirements for Class 2 Communication Cable Management Systems Maintains bend radius control throughout the entire Office Furniture Raceway system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B Faceplates are compliant with the labeling requirements of the TIA/EIA-606-A standard Robust design and tamper resistant closure increases product stability and prevents damage to cabling during and after installation
Product supplied with adhesive backing for fast and easy installation Creates a virtually invisible solution for routing data cables on panels from all common manufacturers with a top cap width between 1.88" and 2.30" Designed for use with PAN-NET Connectivity, also accepts all common manufacturers connectivity with use of a NEMA standard 70mm faceplate or module frame
B3. Stainless Steel

1.71"
C1.Wiring Duct
1.88" OFFICE FURNITURE RACEWAY Internal Area = 2.31 Sq. In.
Office Beige (OB)
Office Gray (OG)
Office Slate (OS)
Medium Tone (MT)
C2. Surface Raceway
Part Number
OFR20OB6
Part Description
Office Furniture Raceway. One piece single channel low voltage raceway with adhesive tape backing for data cable routing along top of modular furniture partitions. Available in 6' lengths.
Std. Std. Raceway Length Pkg. Ctn. Size Color (ft) Qty. Qty.
1.88" x 1.71" Office Beige 6 6 48
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
D1.Terminals
PAN-WAY Office Furniture Raceway Fittings

Office Furniture Raceway fittings have been designed to maintain the TIA/EIA required 1" minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
E1. Labeling System
Part Number
OFCR70OB6
Part Description
Office Furniture Corner Raceway Base. Used to terminate low voltage data cabling in the corner at the intersection of modular office furniture panels. Accepts 70mm standard faceplates. Available in 6' lengths. Office Furniture Corner Raceway Cover. Available in 6' lengths. Office Furniture Vertical Raceway. One piece single channel raceway used to connect OFR20**6 to desk mount box (OFR20DMB**) and must be used with OFR20SO** or OFR20DSO**. Available in 6' lengths. Communication Pole. Allows for data cable entry into Office Furniture Raceway from suspended ceiling. 8' pole allows maximum 7' distance from top of furniture partition to ceiling. Must be used with OFR20MPT**. NOTE: Not intended for use at intersection of furniture panels.
Std. Std. Labels Pkg. Ctn. Required Color Qty. Qty.

Office Beige 6 48
E2. Labels
OFCRC70OB6
Office Beige Office Beige
48
OFCR70
OFCRC70
OFVR5OB6
120
OFR20CPOB8
Office Beige
OFVR5
F. Index
OFR20CP
For other colors, replace OB (Office Beige) with OS (Office Slate), OG (Office Gray) or MT (Medium Tone). **Computer printable labels found on pages E2.1 E2.30.
C2.6
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Office Furniture Raceway Fittings (continued)

Office Beige 1 10
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
OFR20OFCR70OB4
Part Description
Four Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
OFR20OFCR70**4
OFR20OFCR70OB2
B3. Stainless Steel

Two Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape. Office Beige 1 10
C1.Wiring Duct
OFR20OFCR70**2
OFR20OFCR70OB1
OFR20OFCR70**1
One Cubicle Drop Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
Office Beige
10
C2. Surface Raceway

Office Beige 1 10
OFR20OFCR70OB1P
OFR20OFCR70**1P
One Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in one cubicle at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape. Two Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in two cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape. Four Cubicle Drop Bypass Fitting. Allows the transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall, around existing furniture pole, to Office Furniture Corner Raceway mounted vertically in four cubicles at the intersection of partitions. Fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling. Supplied with adhesive tape.
D1.Terminals
OFR20OFCR70OB2P Office Beige 1 10
OFR20OFCR70**2P
OFR20OFCR70OB4P
Office Beige
10
E1. Labeling System
OFR20OFCR70**4P
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.7
A. System Overview

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
OFCR70ECOB
Part Description
Corner Raceway End Cap Fitting. Opening allows cord passage through fitting such as monitor and keyboard cables. Supplied with adhesive tape. Spill-Over Fitting. Allows transition from Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall to Office Furniture Vertical Raceway in one location. Adjustable fitting maintains 1" minimum bend radius of cabling and works with various panel widths between 1.88" 2.30". Supplied with adhesive tape.

Office Beige 1 10

OFR20SOOB
OFRCR70EC
B3. Stainless Steel
OFR20SO
Office Beige
10
C1.Wiring Duct
OFR20DSOOB
OFR20DSO
OFR20DMB
C2. Surface Raceway

OFR20DMBOB
Double Spill-Over Fitting. Fitting is used to spill over both sides of the furniture partitions at the same location. Incorporates a built-in, yet removable end cap that eliminates the need for additional raceway and fittings to terminate the pathway. Desk Mount Box. Box accepts Office Furniture Snap-On Faceplates as well as 70mm NEMA standard screw-on faceplates. Designed for use with OFVR5**6 raceway and OFR20SO**, OFR20DSO** spill-over fittings. Supplied with adhesive tape. Mid-panel Tee Fitting. Used to connect communication pole to Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition wall. Supplied with adhesive tape. NOTE: Not intended for use at intersection of furniture panels. Wall Entrance Fitting. Allows entry from wall to Office Furniture Raceway run horizontally along partition walls. Fitting includes bend radius protection and trim plate to cover wall opening. Requires minimum wall opening of 4.5"W x 3.0"H. Supplied with adhesive tape. Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at 90 flat junction. Supplied with adhesive tape. Tee Fitting. Used to create an undivided tee junction between sections of Office Furniture Raceway. Supplied with adhesive tape. Cross Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at four corners. Supplied with adhesive tape. Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at inside corner. Supplied with adhesive tape.
Office Beige
10
Office Beige
10
OFR20MPT
OFR20WE
OFR20MPTOB
Office Beige
10
OFR20RA
D1.Terminals
OFR20T
OFR20WEOB
Office Beige
10
OFR20RAOB
OFR20CR
E1. Labeling System
OFR20IC
OFR20TOB
Office Beige Office Beige
10
10
OFR20CROB
Office Beige
10
E2. Labels
OFR20OC
OFR20CC
OFR20ICOB
Office Beige
10
OFR20OCOB
Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Office Furniture Raceway at outside corner. Supplied with adhesive tape. Coupler Fitting. For use with Office Furniture Raceway.
Office Beige
10
OFR20CCOB-X
Office Beige
10
100
F. Index
C2.8
A. System Overview

Office Beige 1 10
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
OFR20LCOB
Part Description
Long Coupler Fitting. Used to bridge Office Furniture Raceway between panel sections. Can also be used to fill void left by Spill-Over Fitting, when furniture partitions are reconfigured. End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate Office Furniture Raceway. Supplied with adhesive tape. Snap-On Single Gang Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to two PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Snap-On Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to two PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Snap-On Single Gang Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to four PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Snap-On Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts up to four PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. TIA/EIA-606-A compliant. Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
OFR20LC
OFR20ECOB
OFR20EC
OF70FH2OB
Office Beige
10
B3. Stainless Steel

1 10
1-One Port 1-Two Port 1-One Port 1-Two Port 1-One Port 1-Four Port 1-One Port 2-Two Port
Office Beige
C1.Wiring Duct
Office Beige 1 10
OF70FV2OB
OF70FH2
OF70FV2
C2. Surface Raceway

Office Beige 1 10
OF70FH4OB

Office Beige 1 10
OF70FH4
OF70FV4
OF70FV4OB

Gray 10
T70SDB-X
T70SDB-X
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.9
A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for Office Furniture Raceway

B1.Cable Ties
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
A = 2.31 in2 Cable fill #1: Open Channel without Devices
C2. Surface Raceway
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power cable fill The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
CR-SR-Cove-Wirefill1

Raceway Type & Configuration Fill Area (in)
Data Grade Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM Cat 5e (4pr) DIA. = .217 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 24 37
Data Grade Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .250 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 18 28
Audio/Video Cable Fiber Optic Cable RG6 DIA. = .275 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 15 23 2 Strand DIA. = .175 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 38 57
D1.Terminals
1. OFR20: No Devices. 2.30
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.10
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY COVE RACEWAY
PAN-WAY Cove Raceway is a full line of NEC and TIA/EIA compliant raceway,which has the appearance of architectural molding; that allows you to route,conceal,protect and terminate copper,voice,video, fiber optic or power cabling.This offering adds elegance to any room or work area by softening the horizontal angles between the wall and ceiling or the vertical angles between two walls.
B1.Cable Ties
UL & CSA rated 600V Bend radius control is maintained throughout the entire system as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B Product mounts high out of reach for increased tamper resistance Divided channel system allows for routing and terminations of both power and data cabling Raceway and fitting covers may be painted to match any dcor
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY Cove Raceway includes a full complement of fittings and transitions easily to other PANDUIT raceway such as LD, LDPH, LD2P10,T-45 and T-70.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.11
A. System Overview
Cove Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
D
T U
U V
G
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
B F
C2. Surface Raceway
C
H
See exploded view 1 pg.C2.14
P Q
D E
J K D
R D K
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.12
A. System Overview
WCM35BIW, WCM35CIW Cove Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.16)
JBP2FS** FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52) T70FV4** Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52) T70PG** Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.54)
B1.Cable Ties
WCM35DW Cove Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.16) LDPH10** LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.77) T45B**, T45C** T-45 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.48)
J K
2 3 3 4 4
B3. Stainless Steel
L
T45DW T-45 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.48) T70B**, T70C** T-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.36) T70DW T-70 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.36)
WCM35OCIW Cove Raceway Outside Corner Fitting (page C2)

C1.Wiring Duct
WCM35CCIW Cove Raceway Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.17)

C2. Surface Raceway
WCM35TIW Cove Raceway Tee Fitting (page C2.17)

WCM35ECIW Cove Raceway End Cap (page C2.17)
WCM35TI Cove Raceway Tee Fitting Insert (page C2.17)

WCM35TR10IW Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for LD/LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.17)
WCM35TR70IW Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for T-70 Raceway (page C2.17)
D1.Terminals
Q C
JBP1** Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)
T70WC2** T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.37) T70FH2** Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52) T70EC** T70 Raceway End Cap Fitting (page C2.37)
R D
ERU20** 20A Rectangular Outlet (page C2.60)
E1. Labeling System
S T
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
E2. Labels
FP2RC Double Gang Rectangular Electrical and Communication Faceplate (page C2.59) WCM35DBFIW Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter (page C2.17) T70FH4** Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
WCM35ICIW Cove Raceway Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.17)
WCM35TRIW Cove Raceway Transition Fitting for T-45 and LD Series Raceways (page C2.17)
F. Index
C2.13
A. System Overview
Cove Configurations
B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required A. WCM35TR10 = Cove Raceway Low Profile Transition Fitting for LD/LDP10 Raceway. JBP1 = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). CPG = Screw-On Single Gang Rectangular Faceplate. See page C2.17 C2.58 C2.60 C2.59
B. C.
B3. Stainless Steel
D.
C1.Wiring Duct
C
C2. Surface Raceway
Exploded view 2
Components Required A. B. WCM35TR = Cove Raceway Transition Fitting. JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.
See page C2.17 C2.52 C2.54 C2.52 C2.60
D1.Terminals
C. D.

T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Snap-On Faceplate. T70FV4 = Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
E. F.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
D C E
F. Index
C2.14
A. System Overview
Cove Configurations (continued)

Exploded view 3
Components Required A. B. C. D. WCM35DBF = Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter. FP2RC = PAN-WAY Classic Series Faceplates for Power and Communication. See page C2.17
B2. Cable Accessories B1.Cable Ties
C2.59 C2.60
B3. Stainless Steel

ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
A D
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A C B
Exploded view 4
D1.Terminals
Components Required A. B. C. WCM35DBF = Cove Raceway Device Box and Faceplate Adapter.
See page C2.17 C2.52


T70FH4 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
A
A B C
F. Index
C2.15
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Cove Raceway System

B1.Cable Ties
UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Bend radius control is maintained throughout the entire Cove Raceway System as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B Tamper resistant
Transitions to PANDUIT T-70, T-45, and LD Profile Raceways Cove raceway and fittings may be painted to blend with any decor Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
3.50"
B3. Stainless Steel
3.50"
C1.Wiring Duct
COVE RACEWAY Internal Area = 5.40 Sq. In. (3484 Sq. mm)
C2. Surface Raceway
Part Number
Part Description Cove Raceway Base is available in 8' lengths and is used for mounting in the horizontal corner between the ceiling and wall or vertical corner between walls.
Std. Raceway Length Ctn. Size Color (ft) Qty. 3.50" x 3.50" Off White 8 64
Cove Raceway Base

WCM35BIW8
WCM35BIW8
Cove Raceway Cover

WCM35CIW8 Cove Raceway Cover available in 8' lengths. Off White 8 64
D1.Terminals
WCM35CIW8
Cove Raceway Divider Wall

WCM35DW8
Cove Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in Cove Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' lengths.
Gray
64
E1. Labeling System
WCM35DW8
E2. Labels
All parts available in IW (Off White) only except for WCM35DW8 which is available in Gray only. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity. Order raceway base and cover separately.
F. Index
C2.16
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Cove Raceway Fittings

Cove raceway fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
B1.Cable Ties
WCM35CCIW-X
WCM35ICIW
Part Number Part Description WCM35CCIW-X Cover Coupler Fittings. Used to join two pieces of Cove Raceway Cover together. WCM35ICIW Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join Cove Raceway at inside corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling. Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join Cove Raceway at outside corners. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling. Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of Cove Raceway to form a tee junction. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling. Tee Fitting Insert. Mounts inside Cove Raceway tee fitting to maintain channel separation at tee junctions. Maintains a minimum 1" bend radius of cabling. End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate or enter Cove Raceway. Includes breakouts for 1/2" and 3/4" conduit. Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to PAN-WAY T-45 Raceway or LD Series Raceways. Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to LD/LDPH5.
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White Gray 1
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
10
B3. Stainless Steel
WCM35OCIW WCM35OCIW WCM35TIW
10
C1.Wiring Duct
WCM35TIW
10
WCM35TI
10
C2. Surface Raceway
WCM35TI
WCM35ECIW
WCM35ECIW
Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White
10
WCM35TRIW
10
WCM35TRIW
WCM35TR5IW
WCM35TR5IW
10
WCM35TR10IW Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to LD/LDPH10. WCM35TR70IW Low Profile Transition Fitting. Used to transition from Cove Raceway to T-70. WCM35TR10IW WCM35TR70IW WCM35DBFIW Device Box and Faceplate Adapter. Used in Cove Raceway to install single or double gang power and/or data devices in-line. Will accept snap-on or screw-on single gang faceplate or screw-on double gang faceplate. NOTE: Will accept GFCI or TVSS outlets in single gang configuration only. Backfeed Fitting. Inserts allow cable entry and exit through the back of the raceway and conduit. Breakouts include 1/2", 3/4" and 1" . Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place. Will not interfere with cover installation.
10
D1.Terminals
10
10
E1. Labeling System
WCM35DBFIW
WCM35BFIW
WCM35BFIW
Off White Gray
10
WCM35WR-X
10
E2. Labels
All parts available in IW (Off White) only except WCM35WR-X and WCM35TI which are available in Gray only.
WCM35WR-X
F. Index
C2.17
A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for Cove Raceway

B1.Cable Ties
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to Ithe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 5.4 in2
C1.Wiring Duct
A = 5.0 in2 Cable fill #2: Open channel with Wire Retainer.
3A = 2.4 in2
3B = 2.4 in2
Cable fill #1: Open channel without Devices.
Cable fill #3: Divided channel (power and data) with Wire Retainer and Divider Wall.
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
A = 1.6 in2
A = 1.4 in2
A = 1.8 in2
A = 2.4in2
Cable fill #4: Divided Channel (power and data) with Device Box and Faceplate. SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
Cable fill #5: Divided Channel (power and data) with Low Profile Transition Insert. MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power cable fill The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
E1. Labeling System

CR-SR-Cove-Wirefill1
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM Fill Area (in) THHN/T90 .105 .122 .153 FILL MAX MAX MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) 50 50 30 25 25 40 40 25 25 25 30 30 20 20 20 Cat 5e (4pr) DIA. = .217 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 58 54 25 17 19 25 87 81 38 25 29 38 Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .250 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 44 41 19 13 14 19 66 61 28 19 22 28
Audio/Video RG6 DIA. = .275 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 29 26 13 13 10 12 13 43 40 19 19 16 18 19
Fiber Optic Cable 2 Strand DIA. = .175 FILL SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) 89 83 39 22 26 29 39 134 124 58 35 44 58
E2. Labels
Raceway Type & Configuration
1. 2.
WCM35: No Devices. WCM35: Using Wire Retainer No Devices. WCM35: Power and data using Wire Retainer and Divider Wall. WCM35: Power and data using DBF. WCM35: Power and data using Low Profile Transition Insert.
5.4 5 2.4 2.4 1.6 1.4 1.8 2.5
3A. 3B. 4A. 4B.
F. Index
5A. 5B.
C2.18
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY TG-70 Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is a multi-channel raceway, which provides a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling when maximum cable capacity is required.
PAN-WAY TG-70 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

Large raceway channel provides maximum capacity Fittings maintain (1.6") 40mm bend radius control Multi-channel two-piece design Aesthetically pleasing Lightweight Tamper resistant
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
The TG-70 Raceway System consists of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware and accessories. PAN-WAY TG-70 Raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for TG-70 are available to transition to PAN-WAY T-45 and LD Raceway.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.19
A. System Overview
TG-70 Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
T
B3. Stainless Steel
S R
N
C1.Wiring Duct
G H
C2. Surface Raceway
D A B 2 J O
D1.Terminals
C
D E F
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.20
A. System Overview
TG-70** TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.24)
TGOC** TG-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.25)
B1.Cable Ties
TGDW TG-70 Raceway Divider Wall (page C2.24)
TGT** TG-70 Tee Fitting (page C2.25)
LD2P10** Raceway (page C2.75)
B3. Stainless Steel
TGTD TG Tee Divider (page C2.25)

C1.Wiring Duct
TGEC** TG-70 End Cap (page C2.75)
TGBF** TG-70 Backfeed Fitting (page C2.25)

C2. Surface Raceway
TGTR** TG-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.25)
N
JBP2FS** FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Box (page C2.52)
TGIC** TG-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.25)
TG70HB3-X TG-70 Hanging Box with Divider Wall (page C2.26)
T70PG** Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.54)
D1.Terminals
T70FH4** Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)

T70FV2** Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (page C2.52)
TGRA** TG-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.25)

E1. Labeling System
ERU20** 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular Power and Communication Faceplate (page C2.59)
E2. Labels
TG70BC** TG-70 Base Couplers (page C2.25)
T70DB-X T-70 Device Bracket (page C2.26)
T70CC** T-70 Cover Couplers (page C2.25)
TGEE** TG-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.25)
F. Index
C2.21
A. System Overview
TG-70 Configurations
B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required See page C2.52 C2.54 C2.60 C2.52 A. B. C. T70FV2 = Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate.

T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.
B3. Stainless Steel
D. E.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C A B D E
Exploded view 2
D1.Terminals
Components Required A. B. T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical Communication Faceplate. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). TG70HB3 = TG-70 Three-Sided Hanging Box.
See page C2.54 C2.60 C2.26
C.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
B
C
F. Index
C2.22
A. System Overview
TG-70 Configurations (continued)

Exploded view 3
Components Required A. B. T70FH4 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. See page C2.52
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
B A
C2. Surface Raceway
Exploded view 4
Components Required A. B. C. CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included). See page C2.59 C2.26
D1.Terminals C4. Cable Management
PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules. T70DB = T70 Device Bracket.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
B
F. Index
C2.23
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY TG-70 Surface Raceway System

B1.Cable Ties
UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design Tamper resistant
Compatible with NEMA standard faceplates or PAN-WAY Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates Transitions to PANDUIT T-45 and LD Profile Raceway Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B3. Stainless Steel

TG-70 Internal Area = 10.85 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number TG70IW8 TG70 TG70IW10
Part Description TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes. T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths.
Std. Length Ctn. Qty. Raceway Size Color (ft) 8 10 32 40
TG-70 Raceway Base and Cover PACKAGED TOGETHER

C2. Surface Raceway
5.32" x 2.68"
Off White
T-70/TG-70/Twin-70 Raceway Cover

T70CIW8
T70CIW10
Off White
8 10
96 120
TG Raceway Divider Wall

TGDW8
T70C TGDW10
TG Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in TG Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
8 Gray 10
64 80
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
D1.Terminals
TGDW
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.24
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY TG-70 Raceway Fittings

TG-70 fittings are designed to exceed the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number T70CCIW-X T70CC TG70BC
Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together.
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White 10 1
TG70BCIW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Each piece includes two base coupler halves for joining sections of TG-70 Base together. TGRAIW Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at 90 flat junctions. Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at inside corners. Fittings adjust from 85 to 135 to adapt to non-square corners. Inside Corner Fitting Non-adjustable. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at inside corners. Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at outside corners. Fittings adjust from 85 to 135 to adapt to non-square corners. Outside Corner Fitting Non-adjustable. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at outside corners. Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of TG Raceway at tee intersections. Tee Divider Insert. Mounts inside TGT Tee Fitting to maintain channel separation in TG Raceway at tee intersections. End Cap. Used to terminate or allow entry to TG Raceway. Two knockouts each for " (16mm) and 1" (27mm) conduit. Entrance End Fitting. Accepts large conduit, (up to 2") in line or at a right angle. Maintains a 40mm bend radius with a removable insert and channel separation. Transition Fitting from TG to T-45. Provides a tee transition from TG Raceway to T-45 and LD series size 5 and 10. Use with RF5X3 Reducer Fitting to transition to LD series size 3. Backfeed Fitting. Features breakouts to enter through the bottom of the fitting and maintains bend radius control with a removable, bend radius insert and channel separation. Backfeed Fitting Insert. Removable and maintains bend radius control.
B3. Stainless Steel
TGICIW TGRA TGIC
C1.Wiring Duct
TGSICIW
Off White Off White
10
C2. Surface Raceway
TGOCIW TGSIC TGOC
TGSOCIW
Off White Off White Gray
10
TGTIW TGSOC TGT TGTD
5
D1.Terminals
TGECIW TGTD TGEC TGEEIW
Off White Off White
10
10
TGTRIW
Off White Off White Off White
10
E1. Labeling System
TGBFIW TGEE TGTR TGBFI
10
E2. Labels
10
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
TGBF
TGBFI
F. Index
C2.25
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY TG-70 Raceway Accessories

B1.Cable Ties
TG-70 accessories consist of device mounting brackets, standard faceplate brackets for data, wire retainers, and fiber spool brackets. The three-sided hanging box is used to mount NEMA standard single gang outlet and communications devices
Part Number T70DB-X
B3. Stainless Steel
T70DB-X
T70SDB-X T70SDB-X
Part Description Device Mounting Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and communication devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 Raceways. Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 10
Gray
10
C1.Wiring Duct
TG70HB3-X
C2. Surface Raceway
TG70HB3GFCI-X
TG70HB3-X
Three-sided Hanging Box. Mounts standard electrical outlets or communication devices with either NEMA standard single gang screw-on or PANDUIT Snap-on Faceplates. When used with TGDW Divider Wall, box separates and fully encloses device to provide cabling separation. GFCI Three-Sided Hanging Box. Accepts single gang U.S. GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) standard electrical devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire. Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place during installation.
Gray
10
TG70HB3GFCI-X TG70WR-X TGFSB
Gray
10
TG70WR-X
Gray
10
100
D1.Terminals
TGFSB installed in TG-70 Raceway
TGFSB
Fiber Spool Bracket. Each piece consists of two halves that snap into base of TG Raceway. Provides method to contain one meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a strain relief while maintaining a minimum 32mm bend radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit the length of slack required.
Gray
10
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.26
A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for TG-70 Raceway

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to Ithe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 10.09 in2 Cable fill #1: With Data only using Screw-On Faceplates and devices.
A = 10.68 in2 Cable fill #2: With Data only using Snap-On Faceplates and Wire Retainer.
A = 10.85 in2 Cable fill #3: With Wire Retainer.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A = 3.16 in2
A = 7.20 in2
A = 3.08 in2
A = 5.58 in2
D1.Terminals
Cable fill #4: Divided (see 5A and 5B for power and data applications).
Cable fill #5: With Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box.
SPEC = 40% cable fill The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds, and changes.
MAX for Data = 60% cable fill The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power cable fill The maximum number of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
CR-SR-TG70-Wirefill1
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 10.09 10.68 10.85 3.16 7.2 3.08 5.58 40 28 28 40 28 28 38 26 26 92 97 99 28 65 28 51 138 146 148 43 98 42 76 82 87 88 25 58 25 45 123 130 132 38 88 37 68 53 56 57 17 38 16 30 80 85 86 25 57 24 44 164 174 177 51 117 50 91 247 261 265 77 176 75 136
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
1. 2. 3. 4A. 4B. 5A. 5B.
TG-70: Data only using Screw-On Faceplates and Devices. TG-70: Data only using Snap-On Faceplates and Wire Retainer. TG-70: Wire Retainer without devices. TG-70: Divided power and data (A). TG-70: Divided power and data (B). TG-70: Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box (A). TG-70: Power and data using Snap-On Faceplates and 3-Sided Power Box (B).
F. Index
C2.27
A. System Overview
Notes
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.28
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY T-70 & TWIN-70 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY T-70 and Twin-70 Non-Metallic Surface Raceways are multi-channel raceways which provide solutions for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. T-70 features the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box which provides an offset solution to maximize channel capacity and outlet density. Twin-70 offers two totally independent channels maintained throughout the system for independent access to power, copper and fiber optic cabling.
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
Aesthetically pleasing Lightweight Tamper resistant Fittings maintain 1" bend radius control T-70 utilizes a single channel with snap-in divider wall to provide multi-channel capability Twin-70 utilizes two independent channels and covers to provide multi-channel capability
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
The T-70 and Twin-70 raceway systems consist of raceway base and cover, fittings, termination hardware and accessories. PAN-WAY T-70 and Twin-70 raceway can mount NEMA standard screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates directly to the channel. Fittings for T-70 and Twin-70 are available to transition to T-70,Twin-70,T-45 and LD raceways.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.29
A. System Overview
T-70 Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
M
G J
B3. Stainless Steel
K S
1 H K Q
C1.Wiring Duct
B C D A
C2. Surface Raceway
P J L
2
F R J
S T
D1.Terminals
N
O S
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.30
A. System Overview
T70B**, T70C** T-70 Base and Cover (page C2.36)
T70PG** Single Gang Rectangular Electrical Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)
B1.Cable Ties
T70DW T-70 Divider Wall (page C2.36)
LD2P10** LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.75)
B3. Stainless Steel
T70RA** T-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.36)

C1.Wiring Duct
T70EC** T-70 End Cap Fitting (page C2.37)
M
T70TR** T-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.37)
T70EE** T-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.37)
C2. Surface Raceway
N
T70T** T-70 Tee Fitting T70TD T-70 Tee Divider (page C2.37)
JBP2FS** FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.58)
T70FV2** Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)
D1.Terminals
T70OC** T-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.37)
T70DB-X T-70 Device Bracket (page C2.40)

Q E
T70BC** T-70 Base Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.55)

E1. Labeling System
T70CC** T-70 Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)
T70BF** T-70 Backfeed Fitting (page C2.37)
E2. Labels
T70WC2** T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.37)
T70IC** T-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.36)
T70HB3-X Three-Sided Hanging Box (page C2.40)
F. Index
C2.31
A. System Overview
T-70 Configurations
B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required See page
A. B. C.
T70WC2 = T-70 WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C2.37 C2.60 C2.53 C2.52

T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate. T70FH2 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate.
B3. Stainless Steel
D. E.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
B
A
D1.Terminals
Exploded view 2
Components Required See page C2.53 C2.60 C2.40 A. B. C. T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). T70HB3-X = Three-Sided Hanging Box.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
B
C A
F. Index
C2.32
A. System Overview
T-70 Configurations (continued)

Exploded view 3
Components Required A. B. T70FH2 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. See page C2.52

B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
B
A
Exploded view 4
Components Required A. CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplates See page C2.59 C2.40
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
B A
F. Index
C2.33
A. System Overview
Twin-70 Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
R
A H
C F
B3. Stainless Steel
A B 1
S Q
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
3 K P
G O N C C F S
D1.Terminals
D E F
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.34
A. System Overview
T702B**, T70C** Twin-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.38)
T70CC** T-70 Cover Coupler Fitting (page C2.36)
B1.Cable Ties
T45B**, T45C** T-45 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.48)
K 3
T70B**, T70C** T-70 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.36)
T702T** Twin-70 Tee Fitting (page C2.39)
B3. Stainless Steel
L A
T702EC** Twin-70 End Cap Fitting (page C2.39)
T702IC** Twin-70 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.39)
C1.Wiring Duct
T702TRL** Twin-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.39)
T702TR** Twin-70 Transition Fitting (page C2.39)
C2. Surface Raceway
T70FV2** Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.53)
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
T702RA** Twin-70 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.39)
E2. Labels
T702OC** Twin-70 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.39)
T702EE** Twin-70 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.39)
T702BC** Twin-70 Base Coupler Fitting (page C2.39)
T70DB-X** T-70 Device Mounting Bracket (page C2.40)

F. Index
C2.35
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY T-70 Surface Raceway System

B1.Cable Ties
UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Large cable capacity with aesthetically pleasing design Tamper resistant
Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or PAN-WAY Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates Transitions to PANDUIT T-45 and LD Profile Raceways Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B3. Stainless Steel

T-70 Internal Area = 5.15 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty. Raceway Size Color
T-70 Raceway Base

C2. Surface Raceway
T70BIW8 T70B T70BIW10
T-70 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
8 4.07" x 1.77" Off White 10
48 60

T70CIW8 T70CIW10 T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. 8 Off White 10 96 120
T70C
T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall

T70DW8 T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 Raceway base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths. 8 Gray 96
D1.Terminals
T70DW10
10
120
T70DW
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), WH (White) or IG (International Gray in 8' lengths ONLY). Order raceway base and cover separately. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
E1. Labeling System
PAN-WAY T-70 Raceway Fittings

T-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA- 568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White 10 1 1 Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 0 10 10
E2. Labels
Part Number T70CCIW-X T70CC T70BC T70BCIW-X T70RAIW T70ICIW T70RA T70IC
Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together. Base Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway Base together. Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at right angles. Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at inside corners.
F. Index
C2.36
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY T-70 Raceway Fittings (continued)

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White Off White Gray 1 1 10 10
B3. Stainless Steel B1.Cable Ties
Part Number T70OCIW T70OC T70T T70TIW T70TD
Part Description Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at outside corners. Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of T-70 Raceway at tee intersections. T-70 Tee Fitting Divider. Separates power and data within tee fitting. Replaces T70TDB, T70TDC, AND T70TDT. End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate or allow entry to T-70 Raceway with conduit breakouts of 1/2". Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" which allows entry from ceiling or wall. Transition Fitting. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway while maintaining channel separation. Fitting includes bend radius insert. Transition Fitting Cover. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway. Divided Insert for T-70 to LD2P10. Maintains channel separation within T70TR fitting.
T70ECIW T70TD T70EC T70EEIW T70TRIW
Off White Off White Off White
1 1 1
10 10 10
T70TRCIW T70EE T70TR T70TRC
Off White Gray
10
T70TRI
10
T70WM40TRIW Wiremold* to T-70 Transition Fitting. In-line transition fitting from Wiremold G4000 to T-70 Raceway. T70BFIW
Off White
10
Backfeed Fitting. Allows cable entry through the back of the Off T-70 Raceway. White Backfeed Fitting Insert. Bend radius insert to be used with T70BF. Gray Off White Off White
10
T70TRI
T70WM40TR
T70BFI T70WCIW
1 1
10 10
D1.Terminals
WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate. WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box for PAN-WAY Snap-on Faceplates. Two-piece box and bracket accept any standard electrical outlet. Accepts any PAN-WAY Snap-On Electrical/Communication Faceplates.
T70WC2IW T70BF T70BFI
10
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). T702TRI available in Gray only. *Wiremold is a registered trademark of the Wiremold Co.
E1. Labeling System
T70WC
T70WC2
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.37
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Twin-70 Surface Raceway System

B1.Cable Ties
UL & CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Separate channels allow independent access to power and communication cabling throughout the entire system Transitions to PANDUIT T-70, T-45 and LD Profile Raceways
Compatible with NEMA standard 70mm faceplates or PAN-WAY Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates Tamper resistant Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes
B3. Stainless Steel

TWIN-70 Left Internal Area = 4.59 Sq. In. Right Inrenal Area = 4.59 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Std. Length Ctn. Raceway Size Color (ft) Qty. 8 7.23" x 1.77" Off White 10 24 30
Twin-70 Raceway Base

C2. Surface Raceway
Twin-70 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched T702BIW10 mounting holes. T702BIW8 T702B

T70CIW8 T70CIW10 T-70, TG-70, or Twin-70 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. 8 Off White 10 96 120
T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall

T70C
D1.Terminals
T70DW8 T70DW10
T-70/Twin-70 Raceway Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-70/Twin-70 Raceway base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
8 Gray 10
96 120
T70DW
E1. Labeling System
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). Two feet of cover needed for every foot of Twin-70 Base. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.38
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Twin-70 Raceway Fittings

Twin-70 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number T70CCIW-X T70CC T702BC
Std. Pkg. Part Description Color Qty. Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of cover together. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White 10
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
T702BCIW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Used for joining sections of Twin-70 Base together. T702RAIW T702RA T702IC T702ICIW Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at inside corners. Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at outside corners. Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at tee intersections. Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of Twin-70 Raceway at 90 flat junctions.
B3. Stainless Steel
10
C1.Wiring Duct
10
C2. Surface Raceway
T702OCIW T702OC T702T T702TIW
10
T702ECIW T702EC T702EE T702EEIW
End Cap Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2" for entry into raceway channel. Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 1", 1 1/4" and 1 1/2" for entry from ceiling or wall.
Off White Off White
10
D1.Terminals
T702TR
T702TRL
T702TRIW
Transition Fitting. Used to transition to T-70 Raceway.
T702TRLIW
Transition Fitting. Used to transition to any LD Profile or T-45 Raceway. Transition Divider Insert for Twin-70 to T-70 or Twin-70 to LD Profile. Maintains channel separation within T702TR or T702TRL fittings.
T702TRI T702TRI
10
E1. Labeling System
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or WH (White). T702TRI available in Gray only.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.39
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY T-70 & Twin-70 Raceway Accessories

B1.Cable Ties
T-70 and Twin-70 accessories consist of device mounting brackets, snap-on device brackets, hanging boxes, and three-sided hanging boxes used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and or communication devices
Part Number T70DB-X
B3. Stainless Steel
T70DB-X
T70SDB-X T70SDB-X
Part Description Device Mounting Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and communication devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates. Can be used with T-70, Twin-70, and TG-70 Raceways. Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates.
Gray
10
C1.Wiring Duct
T70HB-X T70HB-X
C2. Surface Raceway
T70HB3-X
Hanging Box. Used to mount NEMA standard single Gray gang electrical outlets and devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates when there are communications cables in the raceway. For use in T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway only. Three-Sided Hanging Box. Used to mount NEMA standard single gang electrical outlets and devices with either screw-on or snap-on single gang faceplates when there are communications cables in the raceway. Box is low profile for increased channel capacity and does not require breakout removal. For use with T-70 and Twin-70 Raceway only. T70 GFCI Three-Sided Hanging Box. Accepts single gang U.S. GFCI (ground fault circuit interrupter) standard electrical devices. Provides increased internal area for connections and excess wire. Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place during installation. Spacer Plate. Used to mount the CBX4 Surface Mount Box onto the T70DB-X or T70HB-X/T70HB3-X. Fiber Spool Bracket. Each piece consists of two halves that snap into base of T-70 or Twin-70 Raceway. Provides method to contain one meter or more of fiber slack and acts as a strain relief while maintaining a minimum 30mm bend radius. Bracket separation can be adjusted to fit the length of slack required. Gray
10
T70HB3-X
10
T70HB3GFCI-X
T70WR-X
T70HB3GFCI-X
Gray
10
T70S-X
D1.Terminals
T70WR-X T70S-X T70FSB
Gray Gray
10 10 1
100 10
T70FSB
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Use the T70FSB with T-70 or Twin-70 Raceway to contain 1m or more of fiber slack while maintaining a 30mm cable bend radius. Brackets are adjustable for slack length.
Use T70S-X Spacer Plate for mounting the CBX4 Surface Mount Box on T-70 or Twin-70.
F. Index
C2.40
A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for T-70 Raceway

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to lthe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 5.15 in2 Cable fill #1: Raceway with no devices.
A = .86 in2
A = 1.72 in2
A = 3.67 in2 Cable fill #3: Data only using Vertical Sloped Screw-On Communication Faceplates.
C1.Wiring Duct
Cable fill #2: Power and data using Three-Sided Hanging Box and Device Bracket.
C2. Surface Raceway
A = 4.71 in2 Cable fill #4: Data only using Horizontal Sloped Snap-On Communication Faceplates.
A = .91 in2
A = 3.12 in2
Cable fill #5: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box.
D1.Terminals
CR-SR-T70-Wire Fill1
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 5.15 .86 1.72 3.67 4.71 .91 3.12 24 14 14 20 11 11 15 7 7 55 9 19 39 50 9 33 83 14 28 59 76 14 50 41 7 14 29 38 7 25 62 10 21 44 57 11 38 27 5 9 19 25 5 17 41 7 14 29 37 7 25 86 14 29 67 83 15 52 129 21 43 101 125 23 78
E1. Labeling System
1. 2a. 2b. 3. 4. 5a. 5b.
T-70: No devices. T-70: Power and data using the ThreeSided Hanging Box and Device Bracket. T-70: Data only (Screw-On Faceplates). T-70: Data only (Snap-On Faceplates). T-70: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.41
A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for Twin-70 Raceway

B1.Cable Ties
This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to lthe cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 2.05 in2
A = 1.43 in2
A = 4.59 in2 Cable fill #2: One Twin-70 Channel with no devices.
A = 3.11 in2
A = 3.32 in2
Cable fill #1: Power and data with no devices.

C1.Wiring Duct
Cable fill #3: Data only using Cable fill #4: Power using Device Vertical Sloped Screw-On Bracket and NEMA standard Communication Faceplates. 70mm Screw-On faceplates.
C2. Surface Raceway
A = 4.14 in2 Cable fill #5: Data only using Horizontal Sloped Snap-On Communication Faceplates.
A = 2.33 in2 Cable fill #6: 20A TVSS Rectangular Outlet using Device Bracket and Snap-On Electrical/Communication Faceplate.
D1.Terminals
CR-SR-Tw70-Wire Fill1
E1. Labeling System
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 2.05 15 16 13 16 13 14 22 15 49 33 35 44 25 33 23 74 50 53 67 37 16 11 37 25 27 33 18 25 17 56 38 40 50 28 18 12 24 16 18 22 12 27 19 36 25 26 33 18 34 24 76 52 55 69 39 51 36 115 78 83 103 58
E2. Labels
1a. Twin-70: Power and data, without devices. 1b. 2. 3. Twin-70: One channel (no devices). Twin-70: Data only (Screw-On Faceplate). Twin-70: Power only (Screw-On Faceplate). Twin-70: Data only (Snap-On Faceplate). Twin-70: TVSS Power (Snap-On Faceplate).
1.43 4.59 3.11 3.32 4.14 2.33
4. 5. 6.
F. Index
C2.42
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY T-45 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY
PAN-WAY T-45 Non-Metallic Surface Raceway is a multi-channel raceway, which provides a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. T-45 Surface Raceway terminates using the T-45 Hinged Data and Power Brackets, T-45 Offset Box and select PAN-WAY Surface Mount Outlet Boxes.
B1.Cable Ties
Multi-directional cover hinge allows cable installation from either side Hinged data and power brackets provide easy access for terminating outlets Aesthetically pleasing Lightweight Tamper resistant Fittings maintain 1" bend radius control
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY T-45 Surface Raceway accepts NEMA standard screw-on faceplates for superior PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates when terminating with the T-45 Offset Box and Surface Mount Outlet Boxes. Fittings for T-45 are available to transition to PAN-WAY LD Series Raceways.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.43
A. System Overview
T-45 Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
J
H R
B3. Stainless Steel
L 2 M N K G R O R 1
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A B
F C E
D1.Terminals
D
M R
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.44
A. System Overview
T45B**, T45C** T-45 Raceway (page C2.48)
CPG** Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
B1.Cable Ties
T45DW** T-45 Divider Wall (page C2.48)
K 2
LDPH10** LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.77)
T45IC** T-45 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.49)
B3. Stainless Steel
L A
T45WC** T-45 Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates/Receptacles (page C2.49)
C1.Wiring Duct
T45T**and T45TD T-45 Tee Fitting and Divider (page C2.49)
C2. Surface Raceway
JBP2FS** FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box (C2.58)
T45WC2** T-45 Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates (page C2.49)

T70FV2** Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate (C2.52 )
D1.Terminals
P E
T45HDB** T-45 Snap-On Hinged Data Bracket (page C2.49)
E1. Labeling System
Q F
T45OC** T-45 Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.49)
T45HEGB** T-45 Electrical Bracket (page C2.49)

E2. Labels
T45RLD** T-45 Reducer Fitting (page C2.49)
T45EE** T-45 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.49)
F. Index
C2.45
A. System Overview
T-45 Configurations
B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required See page C2.49 A. B. T45HDB = T-45 Snap-On Hinged Data Bracket.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Exploded view 2
Components Required A. See page C2.54 C2.60 C2.49 T70PG = Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/ Communication Snap-On Faceplate. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). T45WC = T-45 Offset Box for Screw-On Faceplates/Receptacles.
D1.Terminals
B. C.
E1. Labeling System
C B
E2. Labels
A
F. Index
C2.46
A. System Overview
T-45 Configurations (continued)

Exploded view 3
Components Required A. B. C. T70FH4 = Snap-On Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. See page C2.52 C2.49

T45WC2 = T-45 Offset Box for Snap-On Faceplates.
A B C
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Exploded view 4
Components Required A. B. T45HEGB = T-45 Electrical Bracket for Rectangular Outlet. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). See page C2.49 C2.60
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
B
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.47
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY T-45 Surface Raceway System

UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Hinged cover allows easy access from either side Optional factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes Tamper resistant Terminates using the T-45 Hinged Data or Power Brackets, Offset Box, or Surface Mount Outlet Box solutions
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
T-45 Internal Area = 2.12 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description
Length Raceway Size Color (ft) 2.38" x 1.25" 2.38" x 1.25" Off White 8 10
T-45 Raceway Base with adhesive

C2. Surface Raceway
T45BIW8-A T-45 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths with adhesive. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes. T45B
T45BIW10-A
T-45 Raceway Base without Adhesive

T45BIW8
T45BIW10
T-45 Raceway Base in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
8 Off White
10
160 200
T-45 Raceway Cover

T45CIW8 T45C
T45CIW10
T-45 Raceway Cover in 8' and 10' lengths. Can be hinged open on either side of T-45 Base. T-45 Divider Wall. Snaps onto rails in T-45 Raceway Base to create separate channels. Must use wire retainers to ensure channel separation per UL/CSA. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
Off White
8 10
160 200
T-45 Raceway Divider Wall

T45DW8
D1.Terminals T45DW10
8 Gray 10
160 200
T45DW
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). Order base and cover separately Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.48
PAN-WAY Type T-45 Raceway Fittings
A. System Overview
T-45 fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number T45CCIW-X T45CC T45RA T45RAIW
Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join two pieces of T-45 Cover together. Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T-45 Raceway at 90 flat junction. Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at inside corner. Outside Corner Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at 90 outside corner. Tee Fitting. Used to join T-45 Raceway at tee intersections.
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White Off White Gray 1
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100
10
B3. Stainless Steel
T45ICIW T45IC T45OC T45OCIW
10
C1.Wiring Duct
10
C2. Surface Raceway
T45TIW
10
T45T
T45TD
T45TD
Divided Insert. Used to separate power and data within the T45T. End Cap Fitting. Used to terminate T-45 Raceway.
10
T45ECIW
Off White Off White Off White Gray
10
T45EEIW T45EC T45EE T45RLDIW
Entrance End Fitting. With knockouts for 1/2", 3/4", 1", and 1 1/4" conduit which allows entry from ceiling or wall. Reducer Fitting. Reduces from T-45 to LD10 Profile Raceways. Provides bend radius control at transition from T-70 to T-45 when used with T70TR. Snap-on Hinged Data Bracket. Used for mounting PANDUIT MINI-COM and FJ modules vertically in-line within T-45 Raceway. Can be hinged opened on either side of T-45 Base. Electrical Bracket and Box. Used for mounting standard 106 duplex electrical outlets.
10
10
D1.Terminals
T45TRI
10
T45RLD
T45TRI
T45HDBIW
Off White
10
T45HEBIW
10
E1. Labeling System
T45HDB
T45HEB
T45HEGBIW Electrical Bracket and Box. Used for mounting standard rectangular style electrical outlets. T45WR-X Wire Retainers. Used to hold wires in place during installation. Offset Box. Allows for the mounting of any standard electrical or communication outlet offset from the raceway channel. Box accepts any NEMA standard screw-on faceplate or PAN-WAY Electrical Snap-On Faceplates. Offset Box. Box accepts any PAN-WAY Communication Snap-On Faceplates.
10
E2. Labels
10
100
T45WCIW
Off White
10
T45HEGB
T45WR-X
T45WC2IW
Off White
10
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). T45TD, T45TRI, and T45WR-X available in Gray only.
T45WC
T45WC2
F. Index
C2.49
A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for T-45 Raceway

B1.Cable Ties
A = 2.13 in2 Cable fill #1: T-45 with no devices.
A = 1.72 in2 Cable fill #2: T-45 with wire retainer.
A = .44 in2
B = 1.20 in2
Cable fill #3: Power and data using a Wire Retainer and Divider Wall.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
A = .44 in2
C2. Surface Raceway
B = .68 in2
C = .44 in2
A = .41 in2
B = 1.06 in2
Cable fill #4: Power and data using a Wire Retainer and Divider Walls.
Cable fill #5: Power and data using the Offset Box.
A = 2.00 in2 Cable fill #6: Data only using Hinged Data Bracket.
A = .52 in2
B = 1.2 in2
A = .22 in2
B = .5 in2
Cable fill #7: Power and data using Hinged Data Bracket with Divider Insert.
Cable fill #8: Power and data Using Electrical Bracket/Box and Hinged Data Bracket.
D1.Terminals
CR-SR-T45-Wire Fill1
E1. Labeling System

1. 2. T-45: No devices. T-45: No devices with wire retainer. T-45: Power and data with wire retainer and divider wall (2 channels). T-45: Power and data with wire retainer and two divider walls (3 channels). T-45: Power and data using the WORKSTATION OUTLET CENTER Offset Box. T-45: Data only using data bracket. T-45 Power and data using Hinged Data Bracket with Divider Insert. T-45: Power and data using Electrical Bracket and Box.
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 2.13 1.72 .44 1.20 .44 .68 .44 .41 1.06 2.00 .52 1.2 .22 .5 36 36 12 12 12 12 9 27 27 11 11 11 11 7 25 25 8 8 8 8 4 22 18 4 12 4 7 4 4 11 21 12 5 8 18 34 27 7 19 7 11 7 6 17 32 17 14 3 9 3 5 3 3 8 16 9 4 26 21 5 14 5 8 5 5 12 24 14 6 11 9 2 6 2 4 2 2 6 11 3 6 1 3 17 14 3 10 3 5 3 3 8 16 4 10 2 4 35 28 7 16 7 11 7 6 17 33 16 8 53 42 10 29 10 16 10 10 26 49 24 12
E2. Labels
3A. 3B. 4A. 4B.
4C. 5A. 5B.
6. 7A. 7B. 8A.
F. Index
8B.
C2.50
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY SNAP-ON FACEPLATES & SURFACE MOUNT OUTLET BOXES

PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates are designed for use with PANDUIT surface raceway systems and install faster than conventional screw-on faceplates, reducing labor costs and providing a more aesthetic appearance. PAN-WAY Snap-On Communication Faceplates are available in vertical and horizontal orientation and accept PANDUIT MINI-COM Copper and Fiber Optic Modules. Electrical outlets are available in colors to complement PANDUIT raceway and are available in 20A, 106 duplex, rectangular,TVSS and GFCI.
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
Snap-on faceplates install without the use of screws providing faster installation and superior aesthetics FAST-SNAP boxes assemble without the use of screws and accept PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates Snap-on communication faceplates are available in horizontal or vertical sloped outlet configurations Snap-on electrical faceplates are available in 106 duplex or rectangular styles
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Surface mount outlet boxes are available for both power and communication applications.They are compatible with PAN-WAY LD, LDPH, LD2P10, and T-45 Raceway Systems. PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates mount directly to Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 raceways, PAN-WAY FAST-SNAP Boxes and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Poles.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.51
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY FAST-SNAP Surface Mount Outlet Boxes

B1.Cable Ties
JB1FS and JBP2FS assemble without the use of screws for faster installation JB1FS and JBP2FS are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation
JB1FS and JBP2FS accept PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates for superior aesthetics
Part Number JB1FSIW-A
B3. Stainless Steel
JB1FS JBP2FSIW
Part Description Single Gang Two-piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Double Gang Power Rated Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 6.1"W x 1.6"H (127mm x 156mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
C1.Wiring Duct
Off White
10
C2. Surface Raceway
JBP2FS**
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White).
PAN-WAY Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules
Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Pole Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White Off White Off White Off White 1 10
Part Number Part Description T70FH2IW Snap-on Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts two PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. T70FH2 T70FH4 T70FH4IW Snap-on Horizontal Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts four PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. Snap-on Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts two PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required. Snap-on Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate. Accepts four PANDUIT MINI-COM modules (not included). No additional mounting hardware required.
D1.Terminals
T70FV2IW
10
T70FV4IW
E1. Labeling System
10
T70FV2
T70FV4
E2. Labels
Component Labels for PAN-WAY Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT MINI-COM Modules and Inserts
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance
Faceplate Part Number T70FH2IW T70FV2IW T70FV4IW All T70B parts T70FH4IW
Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label
VIPER LS6 Portable Printer Label
PANACEA LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label
C125X030FJJ
C125X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
C252X030FJJ
C252X030FJ6
LS7-25-1
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on pages E2.1 E2.30.
F. Index
C2.52
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Use with PANDUIT MINI-COM Inserts
Single gang vertical or horizontal sloped communication faceplates accept one or two PANDUIT MINI-COM inserts Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove,TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Pole Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White Off White Off White Off White 1 10
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number Part Description T70BH1IW Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate. Accepts one 1/2-size PANDUIT MINI-COM Insert and two modules. No additional mounting hardware required. T70BH1 T70BH2 T70BH2IW Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate. Accepts two 1/2-size PANDUIT MINI-COM Inserts and four modules. No additional mounting hardware required. Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate. Holds one 1/2-size PANDUIT MINI-COM Insert and two modules. No additional mounting hardware required. Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate. Holds two 1/2-size PANDUIT MINI-COM Inserts and four modules. No additional mounting hardware required.
B3. Stainless Steel
T70B1IW
10
C1.Wiring Duct
T70B2IW
10
C2. Surface Raceway
T70B1
T70B2
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White)
PAN-WAY Classic Series Snap-On Faceplates for Communication/Power

Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Pole Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 Std. Ctn. Qty. 10
Part Number T70PIW
T70P
T70PG T70PGIW
Part Description Snap-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Electrical/Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one standard 106 duplex communication module frame. No additional mounting hardware required. Snap-On Single Gang Rectangular Electrical/Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet. In communication applications, covers one standard rectangular communication module frame. No additional mounting hardware required. Snap-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard 106 duplex communication module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Supplied with one mounting screw. NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices. Snap-On Single Gang Rectangular Communication Faceplate. Used to cover one NEMA standard rectangular communication module frame. Module frame screw mounts directly to underside of snap-on faceplate. No mounting device needed. Supplied with two mounting screws. NOTE: Not for use with electrical devices. Snap-On Single Gang Blank Cover Faceplate.
Color Off White
D1.Terminals
Off White
10
T70PSIW T70PS T70PGS
Off White
10
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
T70PGSIW
Off White
10
T70PN T70PNIW
Off White
10
For other colors, replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). See label chart on page C2.59
F. Index
C2.53
A. System Overview
PANDUIT NETKEY Snap-On Sloped Keystone Faceplates

B1.Cable Ties
Accepts all PANDUIT NETKEY Keystone Copper Modules and Duplex Fiber Optic Modules
Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Pole
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 NK2HSRFIW Snap-on two position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any PANDUIT NETKEY module. Compatible with PANDUIT White FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE Outlet Poles. NK2HSRF NK4HSRF NK4HSRFIW Snap mount four position sloped horizontal faceplate accepts any PANDUIT NETKEY module. Compatible with PANDUIT FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE Outlet Poles. NK4VSRFIW Snap mount four position sloped vertical faceplate accepts any PANDUIT NETKEY module. Compatible with PANDUIT FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE Outlet Poles. NK4VSRF Off White 1 10
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Off White
10
C2. Surface Raceway
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart below.
PANDUIT NETKEY Snap-On Flush Universal Keystone Faceplates

Wider module spacing to accept all common manufacturers Keystone modules .900 inches wide or less Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Poles
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 1 White Std. Ctn. Qty. 10
D1.Terminals
Part Number T70KW2IW
T70KW2
T70KW4 T70KW4IW
Part Description Snap-on two position flush mount faceplate accepts any PANDUIT NETKEY module and most other manufacturers Keystone modules. Compatible with PANDUIT FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE Outlet Poles. Snap-on four position flush mount faceplate accepts any PANDUIT NETKEY module and most other manufacturers Keystone modules. Compatible with PANDUIT FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, Surface Raceway Systems and PAN-POLE Outlet Poles.
Off 1 White
10
E1. Labeling System
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart below.
E2. Labels
Component Labels for Snap-On Sloped Keystone Faceplates and Snap-On Flush Universal Keystone Faceplates
Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Faceplate Part Number NK2HSRFIW T70KW2IW NK4VSRFIW NK4HSRFIW T70KW4IW Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label C125X030FJJ 2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ

C125X030FJ6 2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6

LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1
F. Index
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on pages E2.1 E2.30. Prime items appear in BOLD.
C2.54
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates for SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules

B1.Cable Ties
Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Poles Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
Part Number T70L2IW
T70L2
Part Description Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept two SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
B3. Stainless Steel
T70L4IW
T70L4
Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept four SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
10
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
T70LV2IW
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept two SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
10
T70LV2 T70LV4IW Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept four SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required. Off White 1 10
D1.Terminals
T70LV4
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). *SYSTIMAX is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc.
Component Labels for SYSTIMAX* Communication Modules

Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance Faceplate Part Number T70L2IW T70LV2IW T70LV4IW T70L4IW Laser/Ink Jet Desktop Printer Label C125X030FJJ 2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ
E1. Labeling System

C125X030FJ6 2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6

LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1
E2. Labels
*SYSTIMAX is a registered trademark of Commscope, Inc. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages E2.1 E2.30.
F. Index
C2.55
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates for Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules

B1.Cable Ties
Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove, TG-70, T70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Poles
Part Number T70N2IW T70N2
B3. Stainless Steel
Part Description Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept two Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
C1.Wiring Duct
T70N4IW
T70N4
C2. Surface Raceway
Snap-On Horizontal Communication Faceplate designed to accept four Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
10
T70NV2IW
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept two Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
10
T70NV2
T70NV4IW
Snap-On Vertical Communication Faceplate designed to accept four Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules (not included). Can be used with PANDUIT Surface Raceway Systems and boxes that accept 70mm faceplates. No additional mounting hardware required.
Off White
10
D1.Terminals
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). *Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc.
T70NV4
Component Labels for Nordx/CDT* Communication Modules

Faceplate Part Number T70N2IW T70NV2IW T70NV4IW T70N4IW Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance _ Laser/Ink Jet Desktop VIPER LS6 Portable PANAC EA LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label C125X030FJJ 2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ C125X030FJ6 2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6 LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
*Nordx/CDT is a registered trademark of Nordx/CDT, Inc. For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference charts on pages E2.1 E2.30.
F. Index
C2.56
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Low Voltage Surface Mount Outlet Boxes

JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for faster installation JBX3510, JB1, and JB1D are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring no assembly
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number JBX3510IW-A
JBX3510
JB1 JB1IW-A
Part Description Single Gang Two-piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceway. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127mm x 83mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang One-piece Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 3.3"W x 1.8"H (129mm x 85mm x 44mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang One-piece Deep Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 2.8"H (133mm x 86mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Double Gang Two-piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. 5.0" L x 5.0"W x 1.6"L (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit. Double Gang Two-piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 5.2"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 132mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Round Outlet Box. Box accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed 10 lbs. (5 lbs. per CSA). For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. Dia. = 5.5"D x 1.1"H (139mm x 29mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit. In-wall box adapter. Adapts single gang surface mount outlet boxes to in-wall conduit boxes. Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box with adhesive backing. Box accepts PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.6"H (127.1mm x 82.7mm x 41.1mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit.
B3. Stainless Steel
Off White
10
C1.Wiring Duct
JB1D
JBP2
JB1DIW-A
Off White
10
C2. Surface Raceway
JBP2IW JBP2D RJBX3510
Off White
10
JBP2DIW
Off White
10
D1.Terminals
JBA-X
JB1FS RJBX3510IW
Off White
5
JBA-X JB1FSIW-A
Off White
10 1
100
E1. Labeling System
10
E2. Labels
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White)
F. Index
C2.57
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Boxes

B1.Cable Ties
JBX3510 assembles without the use of screws for faster installation JBX3510, JB1 and JB1D are supplied with adhesive backing to speed installation
JB1 and JB1D are a one-piece design requiring no assembly
Part Number JBP1IW

B3. Stainless Steel
Part Description
Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 1.8"H (132mm x 88mm x 44mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. 5.0" L x 5.0"W x 1.6"L (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit. Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY T-45, LD2P10 (when used with JBD1), or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 3.5"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 88mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Deep Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.2"L x 5.2"W x 2.8"H (132mm x 132mm x 70mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Extension Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.0"H (127mm x 84mm x 25mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Intermediate Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard single gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 3.4"W x 2.3"H (130mm x 86mm x 58mm). Breakouts for 1/2" or 3/4" diameter conduit. Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Power Source Box. For use with PAN-WAY LDP3, 5, 10, or LDS3, or 5 Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 3.3"W x 1.3"H (128mm x 83mm x 33mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Single Gang Pass Through Divider. Allows power and communication outlets to be routed in series. For use with JBP1 or JBP1D when installing LD2P10 Raceway. Double Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Divided Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Screw-On Faceplates or any NEMA standard double gang faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.1"L x 5.1"W x 1.6"H (128mm x 128mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", or 3/4" diameter conduit. Double Gang Pass Through Divider. Allows power and communication outlets to be routed in series. For use with JBP2D when installing LD2P10 Raceway. Double Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Outlet Box. Box accepts PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates. For use with PAN-WAY T-45 or LD Profile Raceways. 5.0"L x 6.1"W x 1.6"H (127mm x156mm x 41mm). Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", or 1" diameter conduit. Box accepts UL/CSA devices not to exceed 10 lbs. (5 lbs. per CSA). For use with PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways. Dia. = 5.5"D x 1.1"H (139mm x 29mm). Breakouts for 3/4" or 1" diameter conduit.
JBP1
JBP2 JBP2IW
Off White
10
C1.Wiring Duct
JBP1DIW
C2. Surface Raceway
Off White
10
JBP1D
JBP2D
JBP2DIW
Off White
10
JBP1E
JBP1I
JBP1EIW
Off White
10
JBP1IIW
D1.Terminals
Off White
10
PSJBX
JBD1 PSJBXIW
Off White
10
JBD1
E1. Labeling System
Off White Off White
10
JBP2S
E2. Labels
JBD2
JBP2SIW
10
JBD2
Off White Off White
10
JBP2FSIW JBP2FS RJBX3510
10
RJBX3510IW Single Gang Two-Piece Screw Together Round Outlet Box.
Off White
F. Index
C2.58
PAN-WAY Classic Series Faceplates for Power and Communication Applications
For use with JBP2S or JBP2D outlet boxes
A. System Overview
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number FP2DCIW
Part Description Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical receptacle and accepts PANDUIT MINI-COM 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3-size inserts. For product application, please reference LD Profile Raceway section. Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical receptacle and accepts PANDUIT MINI-COM 1/2-size, 1/3-size, and 2/3-size inserts. For product application, please reference LD Profile Raceway section. Screw-On Single Gang 106 Duplex Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard 106 communication module frame. Screw-On Double Gang 106 Duplex Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard 106 communication module frames. Screw-On Single Gang Rectangular Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlet or one standard rectangular communication module frame. Screw-On Double Gang Rectangular Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard rectangular electrical outlets or two standard rectangular communication module frames. Screw-On Single Gang Blank Cover Faceplate. Can be used with PAN-WAY Cove, TG-70, T-70, Twin-70, T-45 Raceway Systems, FAST-SNAP Outlet Boxes, and PAN-POLE Aluminum Outlet Pole. Supplied with two mounting screws. Screw-On Double Gang Blank Cover Faceplate. For use with PAN-WAY Surface Mount Outlet Boxes. Supplied with four mounting screws.
FP2DC
FP2RC
B3. Stainless Steel
FP2RCIW
Off White
10
CP106IW
Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White
10
C1.Wiring Duct
CP106
CP106**-2G
CP106IW-2G
10
C2. Surface Raceway
CPGIW
10
CPGIW-2G CPG CPG**-2G CPNIW
10
10
D1.Terminals
CPNIW-2G
Off White
10
CPN
CPN**-2G
For other colors replace suffix IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). All faceplates supplied with mounting screws
Component Labels for Classic Series Power and Communication Faceplates

Faceplate Part Number CPGIW T70PGS CPGIW-2G FP2RC T70PG Suggested Label Solutions for TIA/EIA-606-A Compliance _ Laser/Ink Jet Desktop VIPER LS6 Portable PANACEA LS7 Hand-Held Printer Label Printer Label Printer Label C125X030FJJ 2-C125X030FJJ C261X030FJJ C125X030FJ6 2-C125X030FJ6 C261X030FJ6 LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1 LS7-25-1
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
For complete labeling solutions and product information, reference chart on pages E2.1 E2.30.
F. Index
C2.59
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Stainless Steel Faceplates

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number WPS-20
Part Description Stainless Steel Single Gang 106 Duplex Screw-On Faceplate. Covers one NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlet or one standard 106 communication module frame. Stainless Steel Double Gang 106 Duplex Screw-On Faceplate. Covers two NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical outlets or two standard 106 communication module frames.
WPS-20
B3. Stainless Steel
WPS-202
WPS-202
10
All faceplates supplied with mounting screws.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY Electrical Outlets

Electrical outlets are standard electrical devices that fit into PAN-WAY outlet boxes or any NEMA standard outlet boxes Std. Pkg. Qty. 10
Part Number EDU20IW-X
Part Description 20A 106 Duplex Outlet.
Color Off White Off White Off White Off White
EDU20
ERU20
ERU20IW-X
20A Rectangular Outlet.
10
ETU20IW-X
D1.Terminals
20A TVSS Rectangular Outlet (transient voltage surge suppressor). 20A GFCI Rectangular Outlet (ground fault circuit interrupter).
10
EGU20IW-X ETU20 EGU20
10
For other colors, replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). All outlets supplied with mounting screws.
PAN-WAY Surface Mount Outlet Box with 20A Electrical Outlet

E1. Labeling System
Supplied with a 20A U.S. style rectangular electrical outlet and a 20A 106 Duplex Electrical outlet. Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
E2. Labels
Part Number JBP1MR20IW
Part Description Single Gang Two-Piece Power Rated Low Profile Snap Together Outlet Box. Includes 20A U.S. style rectangular electrical outlet. For use with PAN-WAY LDPH3, 5, 10 or LDS3 or 5 Profile Raceways only. 4.8"L x 2.9"W x 1.2"H (123mm x 74mm x 31mm). Single Gang Two-Piece Power Rated Low Profile Snap Together Outlet Box. Includes 20A U.S. style 106 duplex electrical outlet. For use with PAN-WAY LDPH3, 5, 10 or LDS3 or 5 Profile Raceways only. 4.8"L x 2.9"W x 1.2"H (123mm x 74mm x 31mm).
JBP1MR20
JBP1MD20IW
Off White
10
F. Index
JBP1MD20
C2.60
A. System Overview
Selection Chart for using PAN-WAY Surface Raceway with PAN-WAY Surface Mount Outlet Boxes
B1.Cable Ties
How 1. 2. 3. 4.
to use this chart: Locate the desired PAN-WAY Raceway in the left column. Locate the desired PAN-WAY Outlet Box in the top row. Match up the raceway with the outlet box to see if they are compatible. (Y = yes, N = no). Select correct surface mount outlet box.
PAN-WAY Surface Mount Outlet Boxes

Low Voltage or Fiber Optic ONLY
JB1, JB1D JB1FS JBX3510 RJBX3510 JBP1
B3. Stainless Steel
Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic

JBP2S JBP2D JBP2FS
C1.Wiring Duct
JBP1D
JBP1E
JBP1I JBP2
JBP1MR20 JBP1MD20
PSJBX
C2. Surface Raceway
Type LD (Low Voltage or Fiber Optic ONLY)

LD3 LD5 LD10 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y N N N Y Y Y
C4. Cable Management C3. Abrasion Protection
Type LDPH (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic)

LDPH3 LDPH5 LDPH10 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
D1.Terminals
Type LDS (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic)

LDS3 LDS5 Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y Y
E1. Labeling System D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Type LD2P10 (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic)

LD2P10 N N N Y w/JBD1 N N Y N N
Type T-45 (Power, Low Voltage or Fiber Optic)

T-45 Y (JB1FS and JBX3510)
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.61
A. System Overview
Notes
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.62
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY LD PROFILE NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceway is available in single and multi-channel styles to provide a solution for routing copper, fiber optic and power cabling along fixed perimeter walls.
B1.Cable Ties
LD2P10 features one-piece multi-channel design for both power and data applications LDPH features one-piece single channel design and a tamper resistant latch for power OR data applications LD features one-piece single channel design for data routing LDS features one-piece single channel tamper resistant design with maximum security for power OR data applications.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY LD Profile Raceways include a full complement of fittings for standard, bend radius control, power rated and multi-channel use, and transition easily to other PANDUIT raceway such as Cove,TG-70,T-70,Twin-70 and T-45.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.63
A. System Overview
LD2P10 Profile Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
R
B3. Stainless Steel
E 1 G
C1.Wiring Duct
H J
C2. Surface Raceway
B A F
O P
E
D1.Terminals
C D
L M
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.64
A. System Overview
LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.75)
ICFX10** Power Rated Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.75)
B1.Cable Ties
ECFX10** Power Rated End Cap Fitting (page C2.75)

B3. Stainless Steel
TFXD10** 1" Bend Radius Tee Fitting (page C2.75)
M
JBP2S** Power Rated Double Gang Three-Piece Divided Box (page C2.58)
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
N D
FP2RC** Double Gang Rectangular Electrical & 2 Communication Insert Faceplate (page C2.59)
CFX10** Power Rated Coupler Fitting (page C2.75)

O E
ERU20** 20 A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)
JBP1D** Single Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (page C2.58)
D1.Terminals
P F
OCFX10** 1" Bend Radius Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.75)
JBD1 Single Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.58)
JBP2D** Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (page C2.58)
RAFX10** Power Rated Right Angle Fitting (page C2.75)
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
JBD2 Double Gang Pass Through and Divider for LD2P10 Raceway (page C2.58)
EEFX** Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Entrance End Fitting (page C2.75)
CPG**-2G Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (page C2.59)
F. Index
C2.65
A. System Overview
LD2P10 Configurations
B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required See page C2.59 C2.60 C2.58 A. B. C.

FP2RC = Double Gang Rectangular Electrical and Two Communication Insert Faceplate (screws included). ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). JBP2S = Power Rated Double Gang Three-Piece Divided Box (screws included).
B3. Stainless Steel
D.
C1.Wiring Duct
D
C2. Surface Raceway
A C
Exploded view 2
Components Required
D1.Terminals
See page C2.58 C2.58 C2.60 C2.59
A. B.
JBD2 = Double Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway. JBP2D = Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Deep Box. ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included).
C. D. E.

CPG2G = Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
D
A B C
E
F. Index
C2.66
A. System Overview
LD2P10 Configurations (continued)

Exploded view 3
Components Required A B C See page C2.58 C2.58

JBP1D = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Deep Box (screws included). JBD1 = Single Gang Pass Through Divider for LD2P10 Raceway.
C1.Wiring Duct
B
C2. Surface Raceway
A C
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.67
A. System Overview
LD Profile Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
O
B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct
H 1 B A C F 2 J K L M N G
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
D
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.68
A. System Overview
LD10 Raceway (page C2.76)
CF10** Coupler Fitting (page C2.79)
B1.Cable Ties
LD5 Raceway (page C2.76)
ICF10** Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.79)
B3. Stainless Steel
ECF10** End Cap Fitting (page C2.79)
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
TF10** Tee Fitting (page C2.79)
RF10X5** Reducer Fitting (page C2.79)
JB1FS** FAST-SNAP Single Gang Surface Mount Outlet Box (page C2.52)
D1.Terminals
JBX3510** Single Gang Two-Piece Snap-Together Box (page C2.57)
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
RAF10** Right Angle Fitting (page C2.79)

OCF10** Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.79)
DCF10** Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting (page C2.79)
F. Index
C2.69
A. System Overview
LD Configurations
B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required A. See page C2.59 C2.57 CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
B. C.

JBX3510 = Single Gang Two-Piece Snap Together Box.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C
C2. Surface Raceway
A
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.70
A. System Overview
LD Configurations (continued)
Exploded view 2
Components Required A. B. C. T70FV2 = Snap-On Vertical Sloped Communication Faceplate Two Port. See page C2.52 C2.52

JBP2FS = FAST-SNAP Double Gang Power Rated Surface Mount Outlet Box.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
C B
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.71
A. System Overview
LDPH Profile Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
O
B3. Stainless Steel

C1.Wiring Duct
K 1
C2. Surface Raceway
H F D N
A
C 2
L E M F J
D1.Terminals
D
E F
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.72
A. System Overview
LDPH10 Raceway (page C2.77)
OCFC10** Power Rated Outside Corner Fitting (page C2.81)
B1.Cable Ties
LDPH5 Raceway (page C2.77)
CFX10** Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Coupler Fitting (page C2.81)
B3. Stainless Steel
ECFX10** Power Rated/1" Bend Radius End Cap Fitting (page C2.81)
C1.Wiring Duct
RAEFX** Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Right Angle Entrance End Fitting (page C2.81)
C2. Surface Raceway
TFX10** Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Tee Fitting (page C2.81)
ICFX10** Power Rated Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.81)
RFX105** Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Reducer Fitting (page C2.81)
JBP2** Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Box (page C2.58)
D1.Terminals
CPG**-2G Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplates (page C2.59)
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
RAFX10** Power Rated Right Angle Fitting (page C2.81)

ERU20** 20 A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (page C2.60)
DCEFX** Power Rated/1" Bend Radius Drop Ceiling Entrance End Fitting (page C2.81)
F. Index
C2.73
A. System Overview
LDPH Configurations
B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required A. See page C2.59 C2.60 C2.58 CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included). ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). JBP1 = Power Rated Single Gang Two-Piece Box (screws included).
B. C.
B3. Stainless Steel
C
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
A
D1.Terminals
Exploded view 2
Components Required
See page C2.59 C2.60 C2.58
A. B.
CPG**2G = Double Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included). ERU20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). JBP2 = Power Rated Double Gang Two-Piece Box (screws included).
E1. Labeling System
C.
E2. Labels
A
C B
F. Index
C2.74
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Type LD2P10 Multi-Channel Surface Raceway System

UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Routes power and data together One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Tamper resistant Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation FT-4 Rated for Canada Terminates using JBP1D, JBP2D, JBP2FS, or JBP2S surface mount outlet box solutions
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel

Left Internal Area = .43 Sq. In. Right Internal Area = .50 Sq. In.
Part Number LD2P10IW8-A
Part Description Two channel tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. LD2P10IW10-A Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
Raceway Size 1.51" x .86"
Std. Length Ctn. Color (ft) Qty. 8 160 Off White 10 200
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
LD2P Raceway requires screw mounting if it is being used for power cabling applications. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
Multi-Channel Fittings for LD2P10

Multi-channel fittings for LD2P10 are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems
Part Number CFX10IW-X CFX10 RAFX10 RAFX10IW-X
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways. Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. Tee Fitting with divided insert to maintain separation of power and data cabling. For use with LD2P10 Raceway. End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways.
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White 10
D1.Terminals
ICFX10IW-X ICFX10 OCFX10 OCFX10IW-X
10
E1. Labeling System
10
E2. Labels
TFXD10IW-X TFXD10 ECFX10 ECFX10IW-X
10
10
EEFXIW EEFX
Entrance End Fitting for LD2P10 Raceway. Breakouts for 1/2", 3/4", and 1" diameter conduit.
F. Index
C2.75
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY LD Surface Raceway System

B1.Cable Ties
For routing data and low voltage cabling One-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation
FT-4 Rated for Canada Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT MINI-COM Surface Mount Boxes
B3. Stainless Steel
LD3 Internal Area = .21 Sq. In.
LD5 Internal Area = .38 Sq. In.
LD10 Internal Area = 1.00 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
Part Description One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths.
Raceway Size
Std. Length Ctn. Color (ft) Qty. 6 120 160 200
LD3 Surface Raceway

LD3IW6-A
C2. Surface Raceway
LD3
LD3IW8-A LD3IW10-A
.77" x .46"
Off White
8 10
LD5 Surface Raceway

LD5IW6-A LD5 LD5IW8-A LD5IW10-A One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths. 6 1.00" x .60" Off White 8 10 120 160 200
LD10 Surface Raceway

D1.Terminals
LD10IW6-A LD10 LD10IW8-A LD10IW10-A
One-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 6', 8', and 10' lengths.
6 1.51" x .94" Off White 8 10
120 160 200
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.76
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY LDPH Surface Raceway System

UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Two-piece hinged design allows cables to be laid in Tamper resistant Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation B1.Cable Ties FT-4 Rated for Canada Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT MINI-COM Surface Mount Boxes
.86 .41" .75" LDPH3 Internal Area = .17 Sq. In. 1.02" LDPH5 Internal Area = .33 Sq. In. .55" 1.52 LDPH10 Internal Area = .89 Sq. In.
B3. Stainless Steel
Part Number
Part Description Tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths.
Raceway Size
Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty. Color 8 160
C1.Wiring Duct
LDPH3 Surface Raceway

LDPH3IW8-A LDPH3 LDPH3IW10-A .77" x .46"
C2. Surface Raceway
Off White
10
200

LDPH5IW8-A LDPH5 LDPH5IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths. 8 1.00" x .60" Off White 160
10
200

LDPH10IW8-A LDPH10 LDPH10IW10-A Tamper resistant two-piece latching surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 8' and 10' lengths. 8 1.52" x .86" Off White 160
D1.Terminals
10
200
LDPH Raceway requires screw mounting for power cabling applications. Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments. For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.77
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY LDS Surface Raceway System

UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Tamper resistant non-hinged design Factory applied adhesive backing speeds installation FT-4 Rated for Canada Type LDS is the only non-metallic raceway that is bendable in low voltage applications to route around and over obstructions LDS Raceway requires screw mounting using the LMD mounting straps for power cabling installations Terminates using surface mount outlet box solutions or PANDUIT MINI-COM Surface Mount Boxes
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel

LDS3 Internal Area = .21 Sq. In. LDS5 Internal Area = .38 Sq. In.
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
C2. Surface Raceway
Part Description
Std. Length Ctn. Raceway Size Color (ft) Qty. .77" x .41" Off White 10 200
LDS3 Surface Raceway

LDS3IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 10' lengths.
LDS3
LDS5 Surface Raceway

LDS5IW10-A Tamper resistant one-piece surface raceway. Supplied with pre-applied adhesive backed tape. Available in 10' lengths. LDS5 1.01" x .55" Off White 10 200
Mounting Straps
LMD3IW-Q LMD5IW-Q For use with LDS3 Raceway. For use with LDS5 Raceway. Size 3 Size 5 Off White Off White 100 100
D1.Terminals
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray) or WH (White). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard length increments.
LMD3 LMD5
E1. Labeling System
Method for Bending Type LDS Raceway (Low Voltage Applications)
E2. Labels

1) Slide 18" to 30" section of LDS Raceway into PVC pipe heating blanket. *(Recommended blanket designed for bending 1/2" to 1 1/2" PVC conduit.) *Heating blanket not offered by PANDUIT . 2) Allow section to heat approximately 2-3 minutes. Raceway will be soft and pliable, but should not stretch. (Time will vary with blanket temperature and raceway size.) 3) Remove raceway section from blanket and hold in desired position until the raceway cools. Install mounting straps immediately.
F. Index
C2.78
A. System Overview
Standard Fittings for Low Voltage Applications

Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 20 White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White 20 10 20 20 10 20 20 10 20 20 10 20 20 10
D1.Terminals C4. Cable Management C3. Abrasion Protection C2. Surface Raceway C1.Wiring Duct B3. Stainless Steel B1.Cable Ties
Part Number CF3IW-E CF5IW-E CF RAF CF10IW-X RAF3IW-E RAF5IW-E RAF10IW-X ICF3IW-E ICF5IW-E ICF10IW-X OCF3IW-E OCF5IW-E OCF10IW-X TF3IW-E TF5IW-E CRFC DCF TF10IW-X ECF3IW-E ECF5IW-E FBA RF ECF10IW-X CRFC5IW-X DCF3IW-X DCF5IW-X DCF10IW-X FBA5IW-X FBA10IW-X RF5X3IW-E
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway. Coupler Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway. Coupler Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway. Right Angle Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway. Right Angle Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway. Right Angle Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway. Tee Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway. Tee Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway. Tee Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway. End Cap Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway. End Cap Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway. End Cap Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway. Four Way Cross Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways. Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3 Raceway. Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD5 Raceway. Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD10 Raceway. Fire Box Adapter for use with LD5/LDPH5 Profile Raceways. NOTE: For low voltage applications only. Fire Box Adapter for use with LD10/LDPH10 Profile Raceways. NOTE: For low voltage applications only. Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 5 to size 3. For use with LD5 and LD3 Raceways.
ICF
OCF
TF
ECF
10 10 10 10 10 10 20 10 10
E2. Labels E1. Labeling System D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
RF10X3IW-X Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 10 to size 3. For use with LD3 and LD10 Raceways. RF10X5IW-X Reducer Fitting for LD Raceway from size 10 to size 5. For use with LD5 and LD10 Raceways.
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory), IG (International Gray), or WH (White).
F. Index
C2.79
A. System Overview
One Inch Bend Radius Fittings for TIA/EIA Compliance

B1.Cable Ties
One inch bend radius fittings are designed to maintain the TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B required minimum bend radius for high performance copper and fiber optic cabling systems. Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
Part Number CFX3IW-X CFX5IW-X
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways. Coupler Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways. Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways. Right Angle Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. Right Angle Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
B3. Stainless Steel
CFX
RAFC CFX10IW-X RAFC3IW-X
C1.Wiring Duct
RAFC5IW-X
RAFC10IW-X Right Angle Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways. ICFC
C2. Surface Raceway
OCFX
ICFC3IW-X ICFC5IW-X ICFC10IW-X
Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
OCFX3IW-X TFC CRFC5 OCFX5IW-X
OCFX10IW-X Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. TFC3IW-X Tee Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways. Tee Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways. Tee Fitting for use with LD10 and LDPH10 Raceways. Four Way Cross Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways. End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
D1.Terminals
TFC5IW-X ECFX DCEFX TFC10IW-X CRFC5IW-X
ECFX3IW-X ECFX5IW-X
E1. Labeling System
RAEFX
RFX
ECFX10IW-X End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. DCEFXIW-X Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. Use CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways. Right Angle/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways. Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
E2. Labels
RAEFXIW-X
10
RFX53IW-X
10 10 10
RFX103IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. RFX105IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways.
F. Index
C2.80
A. System Overview
Power Rated Fittings for Power to 600V LDPH/LDS/LD2P Raceway Only

Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
D1.Terminals C4. Cable Management C3. Abrasion Protection C2. Surface Raceway C1.Wiring Duct B3. Stainless Steel B1.Cable Ties
Part Number CFX3IW-X CFX5IW-X CFX10IW-X RAFX3IW-X RAFX5IW-X
Part Description Coupler Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways. Coupler Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways. Coupler Fitting for use with LD10, LDPH10, and LD2P10 Raceways. Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
CFX
RAFX
RAFX10IW-X Right Angle Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. ICFX OCFC ICFX3IW-X ICFX5IW-X ICFX10IW-X OCFC3IW-X TFX CRFX OCFC5IW-X Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceway. Inside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
OCFC10IW-X Outside Corner Fitting for use with LDPH10 Raceway only. TFX3IW-X TFX5IW-X CEFX ECFX TFX10IW-X CRFX5IW-X CEFXIW-X Tee Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. Tee Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways. Tee Fitting for use with LDPH10 Raceway only. Four Way Cross Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways. Conduit Entrance End Fitting. This power rated two-piece fitting is designed to accommodate the entrance of 1/2" conduit or align with knockouts on surface mount electrical boxes. For use with LD3/LDPH3 and has breakouts available to work with LD5/LDPH5 and LD10/LDPH10. Cover and base snap together no hardware is required. End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH3 and LDS3 Raceways. End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH5 and LDS5 Raceways.
10 10
DCEFX
RAEFX ECFX3IW-X ECFX5IW-X
Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White Off White
10 10 10
E1. Labeling System
ECFX10IW-X End Cap Fitting for use with LDPH10 and LD2P10 Raceways. RFX DCEFXIW-X Drop Ceiling/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. Use CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways. Right Angle/Entrance End Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways. CA3 or CA5 adapters for LD3 or LD5 Profile Raceways. Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceway.
E2. Labels
10
RAEFXIW-X
10
RFX53IW-X
10 10 10
RFX103IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD3, LDPH3, LDS3, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceway RFX105IW-X Reducer Fitting for use with LD5, LDPH5, LDS5, LD10, and LDPH10 Raceways.
F. Index
C2.81
A. System Overview
Raceway Adapters for LD Raceway

B1.Cable Ties
Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings
For use with Types LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 and LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 10 50 White Off White 10 50
Part Number Part Description Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings. For CA3IW-X use LD3, LDPH3, and LDS3 Raceways. CA5IW-X Fits into universal breakout of DCEFX or RAEFX fittings. For use LD5, LDPH5, and LDS5 Raceways.
B3. Stainless Steel
CA3 CA5
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Cable Fill Capacities for LD Profile Raceway

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according ito the cable installation methods, straightness of cables, etc.
LD3
LD5
LD10
LDPH3 LDPH5 LDPH10 .17 in2 .33 in2 98 in2
LD2P10 Left .43 in2
LDP210 Right .50 in2
LDS3
LDS5
.21 in2 .38 in2 1.00 in2

D1.Terminals
.21 in2 .38 in2
E1. Labeling System

Electrical Cables
Data Grade Cable
Data Grade Cable
Audio/Video
Fiber Optic Cable 2 Strand
14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill Area .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275
(in) FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC FILL MAX FILL SPEC MAX FILL SPEC MAX
DIA. = .175
FILL SPEC MAX
E2. Labels
(UL Temp Rise Test)

LD3 .21 .38 1.00 .17 .33 .89 .43 .50 .21 .38 9 14 18 14 9 10 7 12 18 11 6 8 4 8 16 8 4 5 LD5 LD10 LDPH3 LDPH5
(40%)
2 4 10 1 3 9 4 5 2 4
(60%)
3 6 16 2 5 14 6 8 3 6
(40%)
1 3 8 1 2 7 3 4 1 3
(60%) (40%) (60%) (40%)

2 4 12 2 4 10 5 6 2 4 1 2 5 1 2 5 2 3 1 2 2 3 8 1 3 8 3 4 2 3 4 6 16 2 5 14 7 8 3 6
(60%)
5 9 24 4 8 22 11 12 5 9
LDPH10 LD2P10 Left Channel LD2P10 Right Channel LDS3
F. Index
LDS5
C2.82
A. System Overview
Floor Guard
Accessory to route cables over carpet, concrete, or tile to prevent tripping Flexible vinyl material can be easily cut to specific lengths Cables route through underside of product
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number FG1EI6-A
Part Description Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls. Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls. Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls. Flexible vinyl material used to route cabling over carpet, tile, and concrete. Product available in 6' and 50' rolls.
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Electric 1 Ivory Electric Ivory Electric Ivory Electric Ivory 30
FG1** FG3**
FG1EI50-A
B3. Stainless Steel
FG3EI50-A
1
C1.Wiring Duct
FG3EI6S-A
30
Mounting tape is pre-applied only to FG3 in 6' lengths. For other colors replace EI (Electric Ivory) with BR (Brown), YL (Safety Yellow), or BL (Black).
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-WAY Surface Raceway Cutting Tool

Part Number Part Description Used to cut all LD Profile Raceway. Leaves a clean burr-free finish SRT on raceway. Can also be used to cut plastic conduit.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.83
A. System Overview
Foam Tape
Acrylic foam tape Recommended for high temperature and outdoor applications (180 F) and exposure to UV light
B1.Cable Ties
Rubber foam tape Excellent quick tack designed for long term shear loads in indoor applications up to 120
Part Number
Part Description Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 7 yards, acrylic adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 72 yards, acrylic adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 72 yards, acrylic adhesive.
Color White White White White White White
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Qty. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 100 60 50 9 7 5
1/32'' Thick White Acrylic Adhesive

P32W2A2-50-7
B3. Stainless Steel
P32W2A2-75-7 P32W2A2 P32W2R1 P32W2A2-100-7 P32W2A2-50-72 P32W2A2-75-72
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
P32W2A2-100-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 72 yards, acrylic adhesive.
1/32'' Thick White Rubber Adhesive

P32W2R1-50-7
Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 7 yards, rubber adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .50" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive. Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x .75" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.
White White White White White White White
1 1 1 1 1 1 1
100 60 50 9 7 5 4
P32W2R1-75-7 P32W2R1-100-7
P32W2R1-50-72 P32W2R1-75-72
D1.Terminals
P32W2R1-100-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive. P32W2R1-150-72 Foam Tape, 1/32" (thick) x 1.5" (wide) x 72 yards, rubber adhesive.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.84
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY TYPE T130 NON-METALLIC SURFACE RACEWAY

PAN-WAY T130 Multi-Channel Raceway provides a large capacity channel solution for routing low voltage, fiber optic, and/or power cabling along fixed perimeter walls. The T130 Raceway System consists of raceway base, cover, fittings, termination hardware, and accessories.
B3. Stainless Steel
Large capacity multi-channel raceway system Lightweight Tamper resistant

PANDUIT T130 Raceway can mount NEMA standard 70mm screw-on faceplates or available snap-on and pre-punched covers, power and low voltage applications.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.85
A. System Overview
Type T130 Raceway Roadmap

B1.Cable Ties
M
B3. Stainless Steel
C B J H C 1 D G F A K 1
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
L
E C N O P
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.86
A. System Overview
TB130**, TC130** T130 Raceway Base and Cover (page C2.89)
TT130** T130 Tee Fitting (page C2.90)
B1.Cable Ties
TD68 T130 Divider Wall (page C2.89)
TIC130** T130 Inside Corner Fitting (page C2.90)
TEC130** T130 End Cap Fitting (page C2.90)
T130DB-X Hanging Device Bracket (page C2.92)
B3. Stainless Steel
T130DBD-X Gangable Device Bracket (page C2.92)
T130RMC** Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.92)
C1.Wiring Duct
TRA130** T130 Right Angle Fitting (page C2.90)
C2. Surface Raceway
M D
T130RMC2** Double Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate (page C2.92)
TEE130** T130 Entrance End Fitting (page C2.90)
N E
TOCC130** T130 Outside Corner Fitting Cover (page C2.90)
TB5583-V Type T Box (page C2.91)
D1.Terminals
TOCB130** T130 Outside Corner Fitting Base (page C2.90)
T130G** Pre-Cut Cover (page C2.91)
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.87
A. System Overview
Type T130 Configurations

B1.Cable Ties
Exploded view 1
Components Required A. See page C2.88 C2.60 C2.88 T130RMC2 = Double Rectangular Electrical Device Snap-On Faceplate. EUR20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet.
B. C. D.

T130DBD-X = Gangable Device Bracket.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
D
C2. Surface Raceway
Exploded view 2
D1.Terminals
Components Required A. B. TB5583-V = Type T Box for T130 Raceway. EUR20 = 20A Rectangular Electrical Outlet (screws included). T130G = Pre-Cut Cover for Type T Box and NEMA Faceplates. CPG = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).
See page C2.87 C2.60 C2.87 C2.59
C. D.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
A B
F. Index
C2.88
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Type T130 Surface Raceway System

UL and CSA rated 600V; meets UL5A and CSA C22.2 No. 62.1-03 standards Large capacity multi-channel system Tamper resistant cover latch design
B1.Cable Ties
Internal Area = 10.96 Sq. In.
B3. Stainless Steel
Part Number TB130IW8 TB130IW10 TB130 Base and TC130 Cover
Part Description T130 raceway base available in 8' and 10' lengths. Supplied with pre-punched mounting holes.
Raceway Size
Color
Std. Length Ctn. (ft) Qty. 8 32 40
Type T130 Raceway Base

Off White
C1.Wiring Duct
5.10" x 2.70"
10
C2. Surface Raceway
Type T130 Raceway Cover

TC130IW8 TC130IW10 T130 raceway cover available in 8' and 10' lengths. 8 Off White 10 64 80
Type T Raceway Divider Wall

TD688 TD6810 TD68 Type T divider wall creates separate channels. Available in 8' and 10' lengths. 8 Gray 10 64 80
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray). Order number of feet required in multiples of standard carton quantity.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.89
A. System Overview
PAN-WAY Type T130 Raceway Fittings

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number TCFC130IW-X

Part Description Cover Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Cover together.
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 10 White Off White Off White Gray Off White Off White Off White Off White Gray Off White Off White 10 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Std. Ctn. Qty. 100 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10 10
TCFC130 TCFB3070
B3. Stainless Steel
TRA130
TCFB3070IW-X Base Coupler Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Base together. TRA130IW TRA130IR TIC130IW TOCB130IW Right Angle Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at right angles. T130 Bend Radius Insert. Works with T130 Right Angle and Tee Fittings. Inside Corner Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at inside corners. Outside Corner Base Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at outside corners. Outside Corner Cover Fitting. Used to cover T130 Outside Corner Base. Tee Fitting. Used to join sections of T130 Raceway at tee intersections. Divided Tee Insert. To be used with T130 Tee Fitting. End Cap Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2" and 3/4". Entrance End Fitting. Conduit breakouts of 1/2", 3/4", 1", 1 1/2" and 2". Fitting accommodates entry from ceiling or wall.
C1.Wiring Duct
TRA130IR
TIC130
C2. Surface Raceway
TOCC130IW TOCB130 TOCC130 TT130IW T130TD TEC130IW
TT130
T130TD
TEE130IW
D1.Terminals
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray).
TEC130
TEE130
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.90
A. System Overview
Type T Raceway Accessories

Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Black 10
B1.Cable Ties
Part Number Part Description TMB130-X Mounting Brackets. T130 Raceway is snapped onto brackets. Can be used as required anywhere along the raceway. TMB130-X TWR130-X Wire Retainer. Holds wires in place during installation.
Gray
10
100
B3. Stainless Steel
TWR130-X
C1.Wiring Duct
PAN-WAY Pre-Cut Cover and Type T Outlet Box

For mounting standard NEMA faceplates Cover length = 7.05" (179mm) Cutout dimension = 2.42" x 4.06" (61.5mm x 103mm)
C2. Surface Raceway
TB5583-V
TBSR-Q
Part Number Part Description Outlet Box. Used for mounting single gang NEMA standard TB5583-V electrical devices and faceplates. TBSR-Q Strain Relief. Required to support cable connections in vertically mounted raceway applications. Snaps onto TB5583-V. Pre-Cut Cover. Accepts standard NEMA electrical faceplates.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Gray 5 60
Gray
25
D1.Terminals
T130GIW
Off White
10
T130G
PAN-WAY Pre-Cut Covers for Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates
E1. Labeling System
Snap-On Faceplate Pre-Cut Covers are for use with Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates Cover couplers (located under Type T Raceway fittings) are required for each faceplate
Cutout dimensions: 2.67" to 2.75" (60.1mm to 72.4mm) x 1.345" to 1.405" (34.2mm to 35.7mm)
E2. Labels
Part Number Part Description T130K1IW Pre-cut Cover. Accepts one Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplate. T130K2IW T130K1 T130K2 Pre-cut Cover. Accepts two Snap-On Modular Furniture Faceplates.
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White Off White 1 10
F. Index
C2.91
A. System Overview
T130 Hanging Device Brackets

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number T130DB-X

T130DB-X
Part Description Single Position Device Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles and standard communication module frames (including GFCI). Gangable Device Brackets. Can be interlocked to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles (including GFCI) and standard communication module frames. Single Position Vertical Device Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard electrical receptacles (including GFCI) and standard communication module frames.
T130DBD-X T130DBD-X Gray 10
B3. Stainless Steel
T130DBV T130DBD installed in Type T raceway

C1.Wiring Duct
White
10
C2. Surface Raceway
T130DBV
T130 Snap-On Faceplates

Std. Std. Pkg. Pkg. Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 White
Part Number T130DMC2IW
Part Description Covers 2 NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical devices or standard communication module fames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. For use with T130DBD-X and TD688 or T6810 divider wall. Covers NEMA standard 106 duplex electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. Covers NEMA standard twist lock electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. Covers 2 NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. For use with T130DBD-X and TD688 or T6810 divider wall. Covers NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames. Replaces faceplate and pre-cut raceway cover. Covers NEMA standard duplex electrical devices or standard communication module frames and provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates. Provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates. Covers NEMA standard rectangular electrical devices or standard communication module frames and provides proper sized opening to accept snap-on modular furniture faceplates.
T130DMC2
D1.Terminals
T130DMC T130DMCIW Off White Off White Off White 1 10
T130LMCIW
10
T130LMC
E1. Labeling System
T130RMC2
T130RMC2IW
10
T130RMCIW
E2. Labels
Off White Off White
10
T130TDMCIW T130RMC
10
T130TDMC
T130TMCIW
Off White Off White
10
T130TRMCIW T130TMC T130TRMC
10
F. Index
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory) or IG (International Gray)
C2.92
A. System Overview
Quick Wire Fill Capacities for Type T130 Raceway

This information is to be used as a guide in selecting the proper size raceway. The maximum amounts may vary according to ithe wire installation methods, straightness of wires, etc.
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
A = 10.96 in2 Wirefill #1: T130 Raceway with no devices.
A = 2.56 in2
A = 2.56 in2
C1.Wiring Duct
Wirefill #2: T130 Raceway Power and data using T Box and U.S. Standard Screw-On Electrical/Communication Faceplates.
C2. Surface Raceway
A = 10.34 in2 Wirefill #3: T130 Raceway Data only using Modular Furniture Faceplates.
4A = 3.72 in
4B = 3.52 in
Wirefill #4: T130 Raceway Power and data using T130RMC2 Faceplate.
D1.Terminals
SPEC = 40% wire fill The recommended design in cable capacity, leaves room for future moves, adds and changes.
MAX for Data = 60% wire fill The maximum cable quantity based on cable interweaving and packing factors. MAX for Power wire fill The maximum of electrical cables based on UL temperature rise test.
CR-SR-T-WireFill1
Electrical Cables Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Coax Cable Fiber Optic Cable 14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand THHN/T90 Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) Fill .105 .122 .153 DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 Area (in) FILL FILL FILL FILL FILL MAX MAX MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 10.96 2.56 2.56 10.34 3.72 3.52 31 17 20 28 15 16 26 14 17 119 28 28 108 40 38 178 42 42 162 60 57 89 20 20 84 30 28 133 31 31 126 45 43 58 14 14 55 20 19 87 20 20 82 30 28 182 43 43 166 66 80 274 64 64 249 99 120
E1. Labeling System
1. 2A. 2B. 3. 4A. 4B.
T130: No devices. T130: Power and data using T-Box and U.S. Standard Faceplate. T130: Data only using Modular Furniture Faceplate. T130: Power and data using T130TRMC2 Faceplate.
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.93
A. System Overview
Notes
B1.Cable Ties
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.94
A. System Overview
PAN-POLE POWER AND COMMUNICATION POLES
PAN-POLE Power and Communication Poles provide industry-leading solutions for cable routing in the open office environment. Available with pre-terminated electrical outlets with divided channel for power and communication applications or as an open channel communication pole.
B1.Cable Ties
Tamper resistant cover Bend radius control fitting (above ceiling) as required by TIA/EIA-568-B and 569-B Complete with ceiling and floor mounting hardware
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-POLE Power and Communication Poles accept NEMA standard 70mm screw-on faceplates or superior PAN-WAY Snap-On Faceplates.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.95
A. System Overview
PAN-POLE Power Pole

B1.Cable Ties
Dual channel aluminum pole is equipped with pre-terminated electrical outlets and provides channel separation for the installation of communication cabling and modules. UL and CSA rated 600V Pre-installed components include: 1. Blank non-metallic cover 2. Two 20A factory wired rectangular outlets with wiring fed through power channel to base of power entry box 3. Power entry with 1/2" and 3/4" conduit breakouts 4. Removable plate for power wiring connections 5. Ground screw pre-mounted behind removable plate
Available in 11' or 13' lengths and supplied with a non-metallic cover Electrical outlets are pre-wired
B3. Stainless Steel
Supplied mounting hardware includes: 1. Entry end bend radius fitting 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket 3. Ceiling tile trim plate 4. End cap 5. End cap floor grip pad
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Std. Pkg. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Off 1 PCPA11R20IW PAN-POLE Power Pole Assembly is supplied in 11' length for maximum ceiling height of 10'. Dual channel design allows for the White installation of communication outlets. PCPA13R20IW PAN-POLE Power Pole Assembly is supplied in 13' length for maximum ceiling heights of 12'. Dual channel design allows for the installation of communication outlets.
Communication Components sold separately. For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
Off White
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
PCPA11R20 PCPA13R20
Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity. Prime items appear in BOLD.
C2.96
A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE Power Pole

Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates
Components Required A. B. C. D. CPG** = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included). See page C2.59 C2.102 C2.96

T70SDB-X = Standard Faceplate Bracket. PCPA**R20 Power Pole.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
B A
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.97
A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE Power Pole

B1.Cable Ties
Utilizing PANDUIT Snap-On Faceplates

Components Required A. T70FV2** = Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate. See page C2.52 C2.96
B. C.

PCPA**R20 Power Pole.
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
B
E1. Labeling System
A
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.98
A. System Overview
PAN-POLE Communication Pole

Single channel aluminum pole for routing low voltage communication cabling only Poles are available in 11' or 13' lengths and are supplied with a non-metallic cover
B1.Cable Ties
Supplied mounting hardware includes: 1. Entry end bend radius fitting 2. Ceiling T-bar bracket 3. Ceiling tile trim plate 4. End cap 5. End cap floor grip pad
B3. Stainless Steel
Std. Pkg. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Off 1 PCPA11IW PAN-POLE Communication Pole Assembly is supplied in 11' length for maximum ceiling height of 10'. White PCPA13IW
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-POLE Communication Pole Assembly is supplied in 13' length for Off maximum ceiling height of 12'. White
1
Communication Components sold separately. For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory).
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
PCPA11 PCPA13
F. Index
C2.99
A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE Communication Pole

B1.Cable Ties
Utilizing Standard Screw-On Faceplates

Components Required
See page C2.59 C2.102 C2.99
A. B.
CPG** = Single Gang Rectangular Screw-On Faceplate (screws included).

T70SDB-X = Standard Faceplate Bracket. PCPA** = Communication Pole.
B3. Stainless Steel
C. D.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
B
E1. Labeling System
A
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.100
A. System Overview
Installation of Communication Outlets on PAN-POLE Communication Pole

B1.Cable Ties
Utilizing PANDUIT Snap-On Faceplates

Components Required A. B. C. T70FV2** = Single Gang Vertical Sloped Communication Snap-On Faceplate. See page C2.52 C2.99
B3. Stainless Steel B2. Cable Accessories

PCPA** = Communication Pole.
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
D1.Terminals
B
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.101
A. System Overview
PAN-POLE Extension Kits

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number PCPAK22IW

Part Description PAN-POLE Extension Kit. To extend the 11' pole to 22'. Extension kit includes: Fully assembled 11 pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 11' pole to make the required length.
Std. Pkg. Color Qty. Off 1 White
PCPAK16IW
B3. Stainless Steel
PAN-POLE extension kit. To extend the 13' pole to 16'. Extension kit includes: Fully assembled 3 pole with brace/coupler, additional wiring and screws. NOTE: Customer needs to purchase a separate standard 13' pole to make the required length.
Off White
C1.Wiring Duct
PCPAK22 PCPAK16
All product color is (IW) Off White.
C2. Surface Raceway
PAN-POLE Power Addition Kits & Standard Faceplate Bracket

Power addition kits (UL listed for field installation) provide for the addition of power outlets Allow for the installation of up to three additional duplex outlets (Five outlets max.) Outlets may be added to the existing factory wired circuit or one additional circuit may be added
D1.Terminals
Std. Std. Pkg. Ctn. Part Number Part Description Color Qty. Qty. Off 1 10 PCPAKR20IW Power addition kit includes 20A rectangular outlet with two mounting screws, outlet mounting bracket with one mounting White screw and snap-on faceplate. PCPAKR20 PCPAKRIW Power addition kit includes outlet mounting bracket with one mounting screw and snap-on faceplate. Rectangular power outlet purchased separately. Standard Faceplate Bracket. Used to mount NEMA standard 70mm single gang screw-on faceplates. Off White Gray 1 10
T70SDB-X
E1. Labeling System
10
E2. Labels
PCPAKR
For other colors replace IW (Off White) with EI (Electric Ivory). When purchasing Power Addition Kit with 20A Outlet, use with PAN-POLE Power Pole, PCPA11R20IW and PCPA13R20IW. When purchasing Power Addition Kit without Outlet, rectangular power outlet needs to be purchased separately. Use with PAN-POLE Power Pole, PCPA11R20EI and PCPA13R20EI.
T70SDB-X
F. Index
C2.102
A. System Overview
PAN-POLE Replacement Parts

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number Part Description PCPKITIW Replacement includes: Bend radius control ramp, two thumb screws, one 2-piece ceiling trim plate, and one end cap with floor grip pad. Also available in EI (Electric Ivory) PCPKIT PCPTP PCPTPIW PCPECIW Replacement ceiling trim plate. Replacement end cap with floor grip pad. Also available in EI (Electric Ivory). Replacement bend radius control ramp with T-bar bracket for attaching pole to T-bar. Includes mounting screws.
1 1

B3. Stainless Steel
PCPBRC PCPEC
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PCPBRC
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C2.103
A. System Overview
Cable Fill Capacities for PAN-POLE Power and Communication Poles

B1.Cable Ties

2A 2B 2A 2B
B3. Stainless Steel
A = .47 in2
C1.Wiring Duct
A = 2.75 in2
A = .43 in2
A = 2.15 in2
Cable fill #1: Power Pole with Data Terminals using Vertical Sloped Snap-on Communication Faceplate.
Cable fill #2: Power Pole with Data Terminals using Sloped Screw-on Communication Faceplate.
C2. Surface Raceway
A = 3.47 in2
A = 2.83 in2 Cable fill #4: Communication Pole using Sloped Screw-On Communication Faceplate.
Cable fill #3: Communication Pole using Vertical Sloped Snap-on Communication Faceplate.
D1.Terminals
CR-SR-PanPole-WireFill1
Electrical Cables Fill Area (in) THHN/T90 .122 .153 FILL MAX MAX MAX (UL Temp Rise Test) .105 11 11
E1. Labeling System

14 AWG 12 AWG 10 AWG 24 AWG/UTP CM
E2. Labels
1A. 1B. Power Pole: Power Channel. Power Pole: Data Channel using Sloped Snap-On Faceplate. Power Pole: Power Channel. Power Pole: Data Channel using Sloped Screw-On Faceplate. Communication Pole using Sloped Snap-On Faceplate. Communication Pole using Sloped Screw-On Faceplate. .47 2.75 .43 2.15 3.47 2.83
Data Grade Cable Data Grade Cable Audio/Video Fiber Optic Cable 24 AWG/UTP CM RG6 2 Strand Cat 5e (4pr) Cat 6 (4pr) DIA. = .217 DIA. = .250 DIA. = .275 DIA. = .175 FILL FILL FILL FILL SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX SPEC MAX (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) (40%) (60%) 30 23 38 31 45 35 57 46 22 17 28 23 33 26 42 34 15 11 18 15 22 17 28 22 46 36 58 48 69 54 87 72
2A. 2B. 3.
4.
F. Index
C2.104
A. System Overview
ABRASION PROTECTION
PANDUIT abrasion protection products provide an economical and easy way to insulate, protect, bundle and color-code components and cable.To help assure optimum quality, PANDUIT abrasion protection products are designed and manufactured to meet applicable quality standards including International, UL, Military, ISO and Aerospace.
B3. Stainless Steel
Variety of solutions to bundle and protect wire and cable Wide variety of sizes and materials Used in a broad range of applications such as underground, control panels, harness fabrication and coin operated machines
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
PANDUIT abrasion protection products provide quality at the lowest installed cost. With a continued focus on new product development, PANDUIT continues to meet customer needs. PAN-WRAP Split Harness Wrap features a patented slot pattern to improve flexibility and abrasion protection. Spiral wrap and heat shrink are offered in the largest variety of colors, materials and sizes to meet a variety of needs. Grommet edging protects wire and cable from damage caused by sharp edges.
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C3.1
A. System Overview
PAN-WRAP Split Harness Wrap

B1.Cable Ties
Patented slot pattern provides improved flexibility and abrasion protection in any application Unique wall design provides for easy cable breakouts Innovative design maintains uniform bundle protection in dynamic applications
Large overlap accommodates a wide range of bundle diameters Packaged on a reel for easy handling and dispensing of product -40F to 122F (-40C to 50C) temperature range
B3. Stainless Steel
Part Number PW50F-T20

PW50F-T PW50FR-T
Material Polyethylene Polyethylene
Color Black Natural
Length Max. Bundle Per Reel Diameter ft M In. mm 200 61.1 .55 14.0 200 61.1 200 61.1 200 61.1 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 50 50 50 50 15.2 15.2 15.2 15.2 .55 .55 .55 .81 .81 .81 .81 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.63 1.63 1.63 1.63 14.0 14.0 14.0 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 28.7 28.7 28.7 28.7 41.4 41.4 41.4 41.4
Min. Bundle Diameter In. mm .43 10.9 .43 .43 .43 .55 .55 .55 .55 .81 .81 .81 .81 1.13 1.13 1.13 1.13 10.9 10.9 10.9 14.0 14.0 14.0 14.0 20.6 20.6 20.6 20.6 28.7 28.7 28.7 28.7
Nominal Std. I.D. Pkg. In. mm Qty. .50 12.7 1 .50 .50 .50 .75 .75 .75 .75 12.7 12.7 12.7 19.1 19.1 19.1 19.1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
C1.Wiring Duct
PW50FR-T20 PW75F-C
Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene Polyethylene Natural Polyethylene Black
C2. Surface Raceway
PW75F-C20
PW75FR-C
PW75FR-C20 PW100F-C PW100F-C20
1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 1.00 25.4 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1 1.50 38.1
PW100FR-C PW100FR-C20
D1.Terminals
PW150F-L PW150F-L20 PW150FR-L
PW150FR-L20
Flame Retardant Natural Polyethylene Flame Retardant Black Polyethylene
Diameter can be further reduced with the use of cable ties.
E1. Labeling System
PAN-WRAP Installation Tools

E2. Labels
Patented installation tool with 180 opening allows easy loading of maximum bundle diameters to speed installation, providing the lowest installed cost
Part Number
PWT50 PWT75 PWT100 PWT150
Color White White White White
For Use With PW50F**** PW75F**** PW100F**** PW150F****
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1
Std. Ctn. Qty. 10 10 10 10
F. Index
C3.2
A. System Overview
Part Number System for Spiral Wrap T

Type T = Spiral Wrap
25
Outside Diameter 12 = 1/8" 25 = 1/4" 38 = 3/8" 50 = 1/2" 62 = 5/8" 75 = 3/4" 100 = 1"
F
Material F = Polyethylene
C
Package Size X = 10' Q = 25' L = 50' C = 100' T = 200' TL = 250' D = 500' M = 1000'
16
Color Suffix See Table Below
B1.Cable Ties
R = Fire Resistant Polyethylene FR =Flame Retardant Polyethylene N = Nylon T = TEFLON
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
MATERIAL AVAILABILITY Color Color Suffix No Suffix will be listed 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 10 16 20 Polyethylene Fire Resistant Polyethylene Flame Retardant Polyethylene Nylon 6.6 TEFLON
C2. Surface Raceway
Natural* Weather Resistant Black Brown Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray White Pink Black
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
Blank = Not applicable TEFLON or equivalent fluoropolymer PTFE material is used. TEFLON is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours Co. *Natural can range from transparent, opaque, to white
F. Index
C3.3
A. System Overview
Spiral Wrap
B1.Cable Ties
Harness multiple cables into a single manageable bundle Allows breakouts of single/multiple cables Provides protection for cables
Multiple colors allow easy identification of cable bundles Installation tool supplied in each package
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
Part Number
C2. Surface Raceway T12F-C T19F-C T25F-X T25F-C C3. Abrasion Protection T25F-C1 T25F-C10 T25F-C16 T25F-C2 C4. Cable Management T25F-C3 T25F-C4 T25F-C5 T25F-C6 D1.Terminals T25F-C7 T25F-C8 T38F-C T50F-X D2. Power & Grounding Connectors T50F-C T50F-C1 T50F-C10 T50F-C16 E1. Labeling System T50F-C2 T50F-C3 T50F-C4 T50F-C5 E2. Labels T50F-C6 T50F-C7 T50F-C8 T62F-C E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers T75F-C T100F-C E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions
Material
Color
Natural
Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 10 3.05 100 30.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 10 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 3.05 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5
Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 5/8 to 5 7/8 to 6 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 4.8 to 50.4 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3 15.9 to 127.0 22.2 to 152.4
Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .19 4.8 .25 6.4 .25 6.4 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .25 .38 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .50 .62 .75 1.00 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 6.4 9.5 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 12.7 15.9 19.1 25.4
Temperature Range
Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .89 .04 1.02 .04 1.02 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .04 .05 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .07 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.02 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.50 1.57 1.65 1.78
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Polyethylene
Brown White Pink Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray Natural Natural Natural Brown White Pink Red Orange Yellow Green Blue Purple Gray
-40F to 122F (-40C to 50C)
Natural
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information.
F. Index
C3.4
A. System Overview
Spiral Wrap (continued)

Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 10 3.05 100 30.5 100 10 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 30.5 3.05 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 5/8 to 5 7/8 to 6 1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 5/8 to 5 7/8 to 6 1/16 to 1/2 1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 5/8 to 5 7/8 to 6 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3 15.9 to 127.0 22.2 to 152.4 1.6 to 12.7 3.2 to 25.4 4.8 to 50.4 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3 15.9 to 127.0 22.2 to 152.4 1.6 to 12.7 1.6 3.2 3.2 4.8 to to to to 12.7 25.4 25.4 50.4 Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .19 4.8 .25 6.4 .25 6.4 .38 .50 .50 .62 .75 1.00 .12 .19 .25 .25 .38 .50 .62 .75 1.00 .12 .12 .19 .19 .25 .25 .38 .38 .50 .50 .62 .62 .75 .75 1.00 1.00 9.5 12.7 12.7 15.9 19.1 25.4 3.3 4.8 6.4 6.4 9.5 12.7 15.9 19.1 25.4 3.3 3.3 4.8 4.8 6.4 6.4 9.5 9.5 12.7 12.7 15.9 15.9 19.1 19.1 25.4 25.4 Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .89 .04 1.02 .04 1.02 .05 .06 .06 .06 .06 .07 .03 .03 .04 .04 .05 .06 .06 .07 .07 .03 .03 .03 .03 .04 .04 .05 .05 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .06 .07 .07 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.57 1.65 1.78 .76 .89 1.02 1.02 1.40 1.50 1.57 1.65 1.78 .76 .76 .89 .89 1.02 1.02 1.40 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.57 1.57 1.65 1.65 1.78 1.78 Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
D1.Terminals T12FR-C20 T19FR-C T19FR-C20 T25FR-C T25FR-C20 T38FR-C T38FR-C20 T50FR-C T50FR-C20 T62FR-C T62FR-C20 T75FR-C T75FR-C20 T100FR-C T100FR-C20 C2. Surface Raceway B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
T12F-C0 T19F-C0 T25F-X0 T25F-C0 T38F-C0 T50F-X0 T50F-C0 T62F-C0 T75F-C0 T100F-C0 T12R-C T19R-C T25R-C T25R-C20 T38R-C T50R-C T62R-C T75R-C T100R-C T12FR-C
Material
Color
Temperature Range
Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Black
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
-40F to 122F (-40C to 50C)
Natural Black Fire Resistant Polyethylene
Natural
Flame Retardant Polyethylene*
7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3 15.9 to 127.0 22.2 to 152.4
-40F to 140F (-40C to 60C)
1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
*Flame retardant products are manufactured from a material that is rated UL94V-0. Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information.
F. Index
C3.5
A. System Overview
Spiral Wrap (continued)

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
T12N-C B2. Cable Accessories T19N-C T25N-C T38N-C T50N-C B3. Stainless Steel T62N-C T75N-C C1.Wiring Duct T100N-C T12N-C0 T25N-C0 C2. Surface Raceway T38N-C0 T50N-C0 T62N-C0 T75N-C0 T100N-C0 T12T-C C4. Cable Management T19T-C T25T-L T50T-Q T62T-Q D1.Terminals T75T-X T100T-X D2. Power & Grounding Connectors
Material
Color
Nylon 6.6
Natural
Length Per Reel ft M 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 30.5 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 25 25 10 10 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 30.5 15.24 7.62 7.62 3.05 3.05
Bundle Diameter Range In. mm 1/16 to 1/2 1.6 to 12.7 1/8 to 1 3.2 to 25.4 3/16 to 2 4.8 to 50.4 5/16 to 3 7.9 to 76.2 3/8 to 4 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 12.7 to 114.3 5/8 to 5 7/8 to 6 1/16 to 1/2 3/16 to 2 5/16 to 3 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 5/8 to 5 7/8 to 6 1/16 to 1/2 1/8 to 1 3/16 to 2 3/8 to 4 1/2 to 4 1/2 5/8 to 5 7/8 to 6 15.9 to 127.0 22.2 to 152.4 1.6 to 12.7 4.8 to 50.4 7.9 to 76.2 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3 15.9 to 127.0 22.2 to 152.4 1.6 to 12.7 3.2 to 25.4 4.8 to 50.4 9.5 to 101.6 12.7 to 114.3 15.9 to 127.0 22.2 to 152.4
Outside Diameter In. mm .12 3.3 .12 4.8 .25 6.4 .38 9.7 .50 12.7 .62 15.9 .75 1.00 .12 .25 .38 .50 .62 .75 1.00 .12 .19 .25 .50 .62 .75 1.00 19.1 25.4 3.3 6.4 6.4 12.7 15.9 19.1 25.4 3.2 4.8 6.4 12.7 15.9 19.1 25.4
Temperature Range
Wall Thickness In mm .03 .76 .03 .80 .40 1.02 .55 1.40 .06 1.50 .62 1.57 .06 .07 .03 .04 .05 .06 .06 .06 .07 .03 .03 .04 .06 .06 .06 .07 1.65 1.78 .76 1.02 1.40 1.50 1.50 1.65 1.78 .76 .89 1.02 1.50 1.57 1.65 1.78
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
-40F to 149F (-40C to 65C)
Weather Resistant Nylon 6.6
Black
TEFLON
Natural
-40F to 365F (-40C to 180C)
Reel packaging may contain splices. Contact Customer Service for further information. TEFLON is a registered trademark of E. I. DuPont de Nemours, Co.
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C3.6
A. System Overview
Part Number System for Grommet Edging GEE

Type GE = Grommet Edging Strips
36
Max. Panel Thickness 36 = .036" thickness = .062" thickness = .099" thickness = .144" thickness = .189" thickness
F
Material
A
Adhesive A = Adhesive Lined
C
Package Size Q = 25' L = 50' C = 100'
0
Color Suffix 0 = Weather Resistant Black Leave Blank = Natural
B1.Cable Ties
F = Polyethylene N = Nylon 6.6 FR = Flame Retardant Polyethylene
62 GEE = Slotted 99 Grommet Edging 144 GES = Solid Grommet Edging 189
Leave Blank = Non-Adhesive
B3. Stainless Steel
C1.Wiring Duct
C2. Surface Raceway
Grommet Edging
Use product on irregularly shaped and round panel hole Provided in .030" (.8mm) thick material making it highly flexible
D1.Terminals
Part Number
Width A In. mm .106 .106 .131 .131 .169 .169 .213 .222 .131 2.7 2.7 3.3 3.3 4.3 4.3 5.4 5.6 3.3
Height B In. mm .117 .117 .160 .160 .186 .186 .222 .222 .160 3.0 3.0 4.1 4.1 4.7 4.7 5.6 5.6 4.1
Material Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene
Color Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural
Panel Thickness Range In. mm .026 .036 .026 .036 .036 .062 .036 .062 .062 .099 .062 .099 .099 .144 .099 .144 .036 .062 0.7 0.9 0.7 0.9 0.9 1.6 0.9 1.6 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.7 2.5 3.7 .9 1.6
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1
Slotted
GEE36F-C GEE36F-C0 GEE62F-C GEE62F-C0 GEE99F-C GEE99F-C0 GEE144F-C GEE144F-C0 GEE62F-A-C
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
1 1 1 1 1
F. Index
C3.7
A. System Overview
Grommet Edging (continued)

B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
GEE62F-A-C0 B2. Cable Accessories GEE99F-A-C GEE99F-A-C0 B3. Stainless Steel GEE144F-A-C GEE144F-A-C0 GEE36FR-C C1.Wiring Duct GEE62FR-C GEE99FR-C GEE144FR-C C2. Surface Raceway GEE47N-C GEE55N-C GEE71N-C C3. Abrasion Protection GEE98N-C GEE134N-C GE318-L GE255-L C4. Cable Management
Width A In. mm .131 3.3 .169 .169 .213 .213 .106 .131 .169 .213 .131 .133 .150 .180 .210 .455 .385 .106 .106 .131 .131 .169 .169 .213 .213 .30 .30 .131 .131 .169 .169 .213 .213 .106 .131 .169 .213 4.3 4.3 5.4 5.4 2.7 3.3 4.3 5.4 3.3 3.4 3.8 4.6 5.3 11.3 9.8 2.8 2.8 3.3 3.3 4.3 4.3 5.4 5.3 7.6 7.6 3.3 3.3 4.3 4.3 5.3 5.3 2.8 3.3 4.3 5.3
Height B In. mm .160 4.1 .186 .186 .222 .222 .117 .160 .160 .222 .14 .14 .14 .14 .14 .255 .240 .117 .117 .160 .160 .186 .186 .222 .222 .300 .300 .160 .160 .186 .186 .222 .222 .117 .160 .186 .222 4.7 4.7 5.6 5.6 3.0 4.1 3.9 5.9 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 3.5 6.5 6.1 3.1 3.1 4.1 4.1 4.8 4.8 5.6 5.6 7.6 7.6 4.1 4.1 4.8 4.8 5.6 5.6 3.1 4.1 4.8 5.6
Material Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene
Color Black Natural Black Natural Black
Panel Thickness Range In. mm .036 .062 .9 1.6 .062 .099 .062 .099 .099 .144 .099 .144 .026 .036 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.7 2.5 3.7 .7 .9 .9 1.6 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.7 1.0 1.4 1.2 1.6 1.6 2.0 2.3 2.7 3.2 3.6 6.5 8.1 4.9 6.5 .7 .9 .7 .9 .9 1.6 .9 1.6 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.7 2.5 3.7 3.7 4.8 3.7 4.8 .9 1.6 .9 1.6 1.6 2.5 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.7 2.5 3.7 .7 .9 .9 1.6 1.6 2.5 2.5 3.7
Std. Pkg. Qty. 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 50 50 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.036 .062 .062 .099 .099 .144 Natural .039 .055 .047 .063 .063 .079
Nylon 6.6
.091 .106 .126 .142 Natural Natural .255 .318 .192 .255 .026 .036 .026 .036 .036 .062 .036 .062 .062 .099 .062 .099 .099 .144 .099 .144 .144 .189 .144 .189 .036 .062 .036 .062 .062 .099 .062 .099 .099 .144 .099 .144 .026 .036
Solid
GES36F-C GES36F-C0
Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene
Natural Black Natural Black
D1.Terminals
GES62F-C GES62F-C0 GES99F-C GES99F-C0 GES144F-C GES144F-C0
Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene Polyethylene Weather Resistant Polyethylene
Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black Natural Black
E1. Labeling System GES189F-C GES189F-C0 E2. Labels GES62F-A-C GES62F-A-C0 GES99F-A-C E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers GES99F-A-C0 GES144F-A-C E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions GES144F-A-C0 GES36FR-C GES62FR-C GES99FR-C F. Index GES144FR-C
Polyethylene
Natural Black
Flame Retardant Polyethylene
.036 .062 Natural .062 .099 .099 .144
C3.8
A. System Overview
Grommet Edging (continued)

Width A In. mm .150 .150 .175 .175 .220 .220 .325 .325 .515 .640 3.8 3.8 4.5 4.5 5.6 5.6 8.3 8.3 13.1 16.3 Height B In. mm .155 .155 .155 .155 .155 .155 .230 .230 .255 .255 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 3.9 5.8 5.8 6.5 6.5 Std. Pkg. Qty. 100 100 100 100 100 100 50 50 25 25
C3. Abrasion Protection C2. Surface Raceway C1.Wiring Duct B1.Cable Ties
Part Number
GE52-C GE52-C69 GE85-C GE85-C69 GE128-C GE128-C69 GE192-L GE192-L69 GE380-Q GE510-Q
Material Nylon 6.6 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Flame Retardant Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6 Nylon 6.6
Color
Panel Thickness Range In. mm .015 .052 .015 .052 .052 .085 .052 .085 .085 .128 .4 1.3 .4 1.3 1.3 2.2 1.3 2.2 2.2 3.3 2.2 3.3 3.3 4.9 3.3 4.9 8.1 9.7 9.7 13.0
Military Standard MS21266 in 12 3/4" lengths
B3. Stainless Steel
Natural
.085 .128 .128 .192 .128 .192 .318 .380 .380 .510
D1.Terminals
E1. Labeling System
E2. Labels
F. Index
C3.9

Iring UCT: Electrical Solutions

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originalbeschreibung:

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

Iring UCT: Electrical Solutions

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

ELECTRICAL SOLUTIONS

B3. Stainless Steel

C2. Surface Raceway

C3. Abrasion Protection

C4. Cable Management

D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E1. Labeling System

E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

*NORYL is a registered trademark of General Electric Company.

E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.

Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications

B3. Stainless Steel

C2. Surface Raceway

C4. Cable Management

D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E1. Labeling System

E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

Wiring Duct for Control Panel Applications (continued)

PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct (pages C1.4 C1.5)

B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

PANDUCT Type F Narrow Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.8 C1.9)

C2. Surface Raceway

C3. Abrasion Protection

C4. Cable Management

PANDUCT Type G Wide Slot Wiring Duct (pages C1.6 C1.7)

D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

PANDUCT Type MC Metric Wiring Duct (pages C1.12 C1.13)

E1. Labeling System

E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

For service and technical support, call 800-777-3300 or visit www.panduit.com.

Features and Benefits PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct

B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

C2. Surface Raceway

C3. Abrasion Protection

C4. Cable Management

Save Time and Material Replacement Costs

D2. Power & Grounding Connectors

E1. Labeling System

With Hinged Cover Wiring Duct

Avoid Cover Replacement Costs

% of Wiring Duct Cost

E3.Pre-Printed & Write-On Markers

E4. Lockout/ Tagout & Safety Solutions

Order number of pieces required, in multiples of Standard Package Quantity.

Prime items appear in BOLD.

PANDUCT Type H Hinged Cover Wiring Duct

Base Part Number

Cover Part Number

Std. Pkg. Qty 6 6 6 6 6 6 6 6

Std. Ctn. Qty. 120 120 120 60 60 60 60 60

B2. Cable Accessories

B3. Stainless Steel

C2. Surface Raceway

PANDUCT Type HS Hinged Cover Solid Wall Raceway

Base Part Number

Cover Part Number

C4. Cable Management

D2. Power & Grounding Connectors